| 1 | /* ELF executable support for BFD. |
| 2 | |
| 3 | Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, |
| 4 | 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 5 | |
| 6 | This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. |
| 7 | |
| 8 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 9 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 10 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or |
| 11 | (at your option) any later version. |
| 12 | |
| 13 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 14 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 15 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 16 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 17 | |
| 18 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 19 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 20 | Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, |
| 21 | MA 02110-1301, USA. */ |
| 22 | |
| 23 | |
| 24 | /* |
| 25 | SECTION |
| 26 | ELF backends |
| 27 | |
| 28 | BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on. |
| 29 | Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386 |
| 30 | (running svr4 or Solaris 2). |
| 31 | |
| 32 | Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs |
| 33 | to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we |
| 34 | haven't bothered yet. */ |
| 35 | |
| 36 | /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */ |
| 37 | #define _SYSCALL32 |
| 38 | #include "sysdep.h" |
| 39 | #include "bfd.h" |
| 40 | #include "bfdlink.h" |
| 41 | #include "libbfd.h" |
| 42 | #define ARCH_SIZE 0 |
| 43 | #include "elf-bfd.h" |
| 44 | #include "libiberty.h" |
| 45 | #include "safe-ctype.h" |
| 46 | |
| 47 | static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *); |
| 48 | static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *); |
| 49 | static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *); |
| 50 | static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ; |
| 51 | static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ; |
| 52 | static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, |
| 53 | file_ptr offset); |
| 54 | |
| 55 | /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is |
| 56 | currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will |
| 57 | need to move into elfcode.h. */ |
| 58 | |
| 59 | /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */ |
| 60 | |
| 61 | void |
| 62 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd, |
| 63 | const Elf_External_Verdef *src, |
| 64 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst) |
| 65 | { |
| 66 | dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version); |
| 67 | dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags); |
| 68 | dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx); |
| 69 | dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt); |
| 70 | dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash); |
| 71 | dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux); |
| 72 | dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next); |
| 73 | } |
| 74 | |
| 75 | /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */ |
| 76 | |
| 77 | void |
| 78 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd, |
| 79 | const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src, |
| 80 | Elf_External_Verdef *dst) |
| 81 | { |
| 82 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version); |
| 83 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags); |
| 84 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx); |
| 85 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt); |
| 86 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash); |
| 87 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux); |
| 88 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next); |
| 89 | } |
| 90 | |
| 91 | /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */ |
| 92 | |
| 93 | void |
| 94 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd, |
| 95 | const Elf_External_Verdaux *src, |
| 96 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst) |
| 97 | { |
| 98 | dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name); |
| 99 | dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next); |
| 100 | } |
| 101 | |
| 102 | /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */ |
| 103 | |
| 104 | void |
| 105 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd, |
| 106 | const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src, |
| 107 | Elf_External_Verdaux *dst) |
| 108 | { |
| 109 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name); |
| 110 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next); |
| 111 | } |
| 112 | |
| 113 | /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */ |
| 114 | |
| 115 | void |
| 116 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd, |
| 117 | const Elf_External_Verneed *src, |
| 118 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst) |
| 119 | { |
| 120 | dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version); |
| 121 | dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt); |
| 122 | dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file); |
| 123 | dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux); |
| 124 | dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next); |
| 125 | } |
| 126 | |
| 127 | /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */ |
| 128 | |
| 129 | void |
| 130 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd, |
| 131 | const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src, |
| 132 | Elf_External_Verneed *dst) |
| 133 | { |
| 134 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version); |
| 135 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt); |
| 136 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file); |
| 137 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux); |
| 138 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next); |
| 139 | } |
| 140 | |
| 141 | /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */ |
| 142 | |
| 143 | void |
| 144 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd, |
| 145 | const Elf_External_Vernaux *src, |
| 146 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst) |
| 147 | { |
| 148 | dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash); |
| 149 | dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags); |
| 150 | dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other); |
| 151 | dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name); |
| 152 | dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next); |
| 153 | } |
| 154 | |
| 155 | /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */ |
| 156 | |
| 157 | void |
| 158 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd, |
| 159 | const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src, |
| 160 | Elf_External_Vernaux *dst) |
| 161 | { |
| 162 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash); |
| 163 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags); |
| 164 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other); |
| 165 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name); |
| 166 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next); |
| 167 | } |
| 168 | |
| 169 | /* Swap in a Versym structure. */ |
| 170 | |
| 171 | void |
| 172 | _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd, |
| 173 | const Elf_External_Versym *src, |
| 174 | Elf_Internal_Versym *dst) |
| 175 | { |
| 176 | dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers); |
| 177 | } |
| 178 | |
| 179 | /* Swap out a Versym structure. */ |
| 180 | |
| 181 | void |
| 182 | _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd, |
| 183 | const Elf_Internal_Versym *src, |
| 184 | Elf_External_Versym *dst) |
| 185 | { |
| 186 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers); |
| 187 | } |
| 188 | |
| 189 | /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will |
| 190 | cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */ |
| 191 | |
| 192 | unsigned long |
| 193 | bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg) |
| 194 | { |
| 195 | const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg; |
| 196 | unsigned long h = 0; |
| 197 | unsigned long g; |
| 198 | int ch; |
| 199 | |
| 200 | while ((ch = *name++) != '\0') |
| 201 | { |
| 202 | h = (h << 4) + ch; |
| 203 | if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0) |
| 204 | { |
| 205 | h ^= g >> 24; |
| 206 | /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in |
| 207 | this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */ |
| 208 | h ^= g; |
| 209 | } |
| 210 | } |
| 211 | return h & 0xffffffff; |
| 212 | } |
| 213 | |
| 214 | /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will |
| 215 | cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */ |
| 216 | |
| 217 | unsigned long |
| 218 | bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg) |
| 219 | { |
| 220 | const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg; |
| 221 | unsigned long h = 5381; |
| 222 | unsigned char ch; |
| 223 | |
| 224 | while ((ch = *name++) != '\0') |
| 225 | h = (h << 5) + h + ch; |
| 226 | return h & 0xffffffff; |
| 227 | } |
| 228 | |
| 229 | /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with |
| 230 | the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */ |
| 231 | bfd_boolean |
| 232 | bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd *abfd, |
| 233 | size_t object_size, |
| 234 | enum elf_object_id object_id) |
| 235 | { |
| 236 | BFD_ASSERT (object_size >= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata)); |
| 237 | abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, object_size); |
| 238 | if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL) |
| 239 | return FALSE; |
| 240 | |
| 241 | elf_object_id (abfd) = object_id; |
| 242 | elf_program_header_size (abfd) = (bfd_size_type) -1; |
| 243 | return TRUE; |
| 244 | } |
| 245 | |
| 246 | |
| 247 | bfd_boolean |
| 248 | bfd_elf_make_generic_object (bfd *abfd) |
| 249 | { |
| 250 | return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata), |
| 251 | GENERIC_ELF_TDATA); |
| 252 | } |
| 253 | |
| 254 | bfd_boolean |
| 255 | bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd) |
| 256 | { |
| 257 | /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */ |
| 258 | return bfd_elf_make_generic_object (abfd); |
| 259 | } |
| 260 | |
| 261 | char * |
| 262 | bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex) |
| 263 | { |
| 264 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
| 265 | bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL; |
| 266 | file_ptr offset; |
| 267 | bfd_size_type shstrtabsize; |
| 268 | |
| 269 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
| 270 | if (i_shdrp == 0 |
| 271 | || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd) |
| 272 | || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0) |
| 273 | return NULL; |
| 274 | |
| 275 | shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents; |
| 276 | if (shstrtab == NULL) |
| 277 | { |
| 278 | /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */ |
| 279 | offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset; |
| 280 | shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size; |
| 281 | |
| 282 | /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes |
| 283 | in case the string table is not terminated. */ |
| 284 | if (shstrtabsize + 1 == 0 |
| 285 | || (shstrtab = bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL |
| 286 | || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) |
| 287 | shstrtab = NULL; |
| 288 | else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize) |
| 289 | { |
| 290 | if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call) |
| 291 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated); |
| 292 | shstrtab = NULL; |
| 293 | } |
| 294 | else |
| 295 | shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0'; |
| 296 | i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab; |
| 297 | } |
| 298 | return (char *) shstrtab; |
| 299 | } |
| 300 | |
| 301 | char * |
| 302 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd, |
| 303 | unsigned int shindex, |
| 304 | unsigned int strindex) |
| 305 | { |
| 306 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 307 | |
| 308 | if (strindex == 0) |
| 309 | return ""; |
| 310 | |
| 311 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)) |
| 312 | return NULL; |
| 313 | |
| 314 | hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; |
| 315 | |
| 316 | if (hdr->contents == NULL |
| 317 | && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL) |
| 318 | return NULL; |
| 319 | |
| 320 | if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size) |
| 321 | { |
| 322 | unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx; |
| 323 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 324 | (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"), |
| 325 | abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size, |
| 326 | (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name |
| 327 | ? ".shstrtab" |
| 328 | : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name))); |
| 329 | return ""; |
| 330 | } |
| 331 | |
| 332 | return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex; |
| 333 | } |
| 334 | |
| 335 | /* Read and convert symbols to internal format. |
| 336 | SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from |
| 337 | symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF |
| 338 | are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external |
| 339 | symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. |
| 340 | Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary) |
| 341 | or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */ |
| 342 | |
| 343 | Elf_Internal_Sym * |
| 344 | bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd, |
| 345 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, |
| 346 | size_t symcount, |
| 347 | size_t symoffset, |
| 348 | Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf, |
| 349 | void *extsym_buf, |
| 350 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf) |
| 351 | { |
| 352 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr; |
| 353 | void *alloc_ext; |
| 354 | const bfd_byte *esym; |
| 355 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx; |
| 356 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx; |
| 357 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
| 358 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend; |
| 359 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 360 | size_t extsym_size; |
| 361 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 362 | file_ptr pos; |
| 363 | |
| 364 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 365 | abort (); |
| 366 | |
| 367 | if (symcount == 0) |
| 368 | return intsym_buf; |
| 369 | |
| 370 | /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */ |
| 371 | shndx_hdr = NULL; |
| 372 | if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr) |
| 373 | shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
| 374 | |
| 375 | /* Read the symbols. */ |
| 376 | alloc_ext = NULL; |
| 377 | alloc_extshndx = NULL; |
| 378 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd); |
| 379 | extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 380 | amt = symcount * extsym_size; |
| 381 | pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size; |
| 382 | if (extsym_buf == NULL) |
| 383 | { |
| 384 | alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size); |
| 385 | extsym_buf = alloc_ext; |
| 386 | } |
| 387 | if (extsym_buf == NULL |
| 388 | || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 389 | || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt) |
| 390 | { |
| 391 | intsym_buf = NULL; |
| 392 | goto out; |
| 393 | } |
| 394 | |
| 395 | if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0) |
| 396 | extshndx_buf = NULL; |
| 397 | else |
| 398 | { |
| 399 | amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
| 400 | pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
| 401 | if (extshndx_buf == NULL) |
| 402 | { |
| 403 | alloc_extshndx = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, |
| 404 | sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx)); |
| 405 | extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx; |
| 406 | } |
| 407 | if (extshndx_buf == NULL |
| 408 | || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 409 | || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt) |
| 410 | { |
| 411 | intsym_buf = NULL; |
| 412 | goto out; |
| 413 | } |
| 414 | } |
| 415 | |
| 416 | if (intsym_buf == NULL) |
| 417 | { |
| 418 | intsym_buf = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym)); |
| 419 | if (intsym_buf == NULL) |
| 420 | goto out; |
| 421 | } |
| 422 | |
| 423 | /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */ |
| 424 | isymend = intsym_buf + symcount; |
| 425 | for (esym = extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, shndx = extshndx_buf; |
| 426 | isym < isymend; |
| 427 | esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL) |
| 428 | if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym)) |
| 429 | { |
| 430 | symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size; |
| 431 | (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B symbol number %lu references " |
| 432 | "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"), |
| 433 | ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset); |
| 434 | intsym_buf = NULL; |
| 435 | goto out; |
| 436 | } |
| 437 | |
| 438 | out: |
| 439 | if (alloc_ext != NULL) |
| 440 | free (alloc_ext); |
| 441 | if (alloc_extshndx != NULL) |
| 442 | free (alloc_extshndx); |
| 443 | |
| 444 | return intsym_buf; |
| 445 | } |
| 446 | |
| 447 | /* Look up a symbol name. */ |
| 448 | const char * |
| 449 | bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd, |
| 450 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, |
| 451 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, |
| 452 | asection *sym_sec) |
| 453 | { |
| 454 | const char *name; |
| 455 | unsigned int iname = isym->st_name; |
| 456 | unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link; |
| 457 | |
| 458 | if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION |
| 459 | /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */ |
| 460 | && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd)) |
| 461 | { |
| 462 | iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name; |
| 463 | shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx; |
| 464 | } |
| 465 | |
| 466 | name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname); |
| 467 | if (name == NULL) |
| 468 | name = "(null)"; |
| 469 | else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0') |
| 470 | name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec); |
| 471 | |
| 472 | return name; |
| 473 | } |
| 474 | |
| 475 | /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP |
| 476 | sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section |
| 477 | pointers. */ |
| 478 | |
| 479 | typedef union elf_internal_group { |
| 480 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr; |
| 481 | unsigned int flags; |
| 482 | } Elf_Internal_Group; |
| 483 | |
| 484 | /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the |
| 485 | signature just a string? */ |
| 486 | |
| 487 | static const char * |
| 488 | group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr) |
| 489 | { |
| 490 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 491 | unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)]; |
| 492 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx; |
| 493 | Elf_Internal_Sym isym; |
| 494 | |
| 495 | /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure |
| 496 | that it is a symbol table section. */ |
| 497 | if (ghdr->sh_link >= elf_numsections (abfd)) |
| 498 | return NULL; |
| 499 | hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link]; |
| 500 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB |
| 501 | || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link)) |
| 502 | return NULL; |
| 503 | |
| 504 | /* Go read the symbol. */ |
| 505 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 506 | if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info, |
| 507 | &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL) |
| 508 | return NULL; |
| 509 | |
| 510 | return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL); |
| 511 | } |
| 512 | |
| 513 | /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */ |
| 514 | |
| 515 | static bfd_boolean |
| 516 | setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect) |
| 517 | { |
| 518 | unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group; |
| 519 | |
| 520 | /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count |
| 521 | is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */ |
| 522 | if (num_group == 0) |
| 523 | { |
| 524 | unsigned int i, shnum; |
| 525 | |
| 526 | /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP |
| 527 | section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */ |
| 528 | shnum = elf_numsections (abfd); |
| 529 | num_group = 0; |
| 530 | |
| 531 | #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr) \ |
| 532 | ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \ |
| 533 | && (shdr)->sh_size >= (2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) \ |
| 534 | && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \ |
| 535 | && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0) |
| 536 | |
| 537 | for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) |
| 538 | { |
| 539 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; |
| 540 | |
| 541 | if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr)) |
| 542 | num_group += 1; |
| 543 | } |
| 544 | |
| 545 | if (num_group == 0) |
| 546 | { |
| 547 | num_group = (unsigned) -1; |
| 548 | elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group; |
| 549 | } |
| 550 | else |
| 551 | { |
| 552 | /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections, |
| 553 | so we can find them quickly. */ |
| 554 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 555 | |
| 556 | elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group; |
| 557 | elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr |
| 558 | = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *)); |
| 559 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL) |
| 560 | return FALSE; |
| 561 | |
| 562 | num_group = 0; |
| 563 | for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) |
| 564 | { |
| 565 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; |
| 566 | |
| 567 | if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr)) |
| 568 | { |
| 569 | unsigned char *src; |
| 570 | Elf_Internal_Group *dest; |
| 571 | |
| 572 | /* Add to list of sections. */ |
| 573 | elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr; |
| 574 | num_group += 1; |
| 575 | |
| 576 | /* Read the raw contents. */ |
| 577 | BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4); |
| 578 | amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4; |
| 579 | shdr->contents = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size, |
| 580 | sizeof (*dest) / 4); |
| 581 | /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */ |
| 582 | if (shdr->contents == NULL) |
| 583 | { |
| 584 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 585 | (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size); |
| 586 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 587 | return FALSE; |
| 588 | } |
| 589 | |
| 590 | memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt); |
| 591 | |
| 592 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 593 | || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd) |
| 594 | != shdr->sh_size)) |
| 595 | return FALSE; |
| 596 | |
| 597 | /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an |
| 598 | array of elf section indices all in target byte order, |
| 599 | to the flag word followed by an array of elf section |
| 600 | pointers. */ |
| 601 | src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size; |
| 602 | dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt); |
| 603 | while (1) |
| 604 | { |
| 605 | unsigned int idx; |
| 606 | |
| 607 | src -= 4; |
| 608 | --dest; |
| 609 | idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src); |
| 610 | if (src == shdr->contents) |
| 611 | { |
| 612 | dest->flags = idx; |
| 613 | if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT)) |
| 614 | shdr->bfd_section->flags |
| 615 | |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; |
| 616 | break; |
| 617 | } |
| 618 | if (idx >= shnum) |
| 619 | { |
| 620 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 621 | (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd)); |
| 622 | idx = 0; |
| 623 | } |
| 624 | dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx]; |
| 625 | } |
| 626 | } |
| 627 | } |
| 628 | } |
| 629 | } |
| 630 | |
| 631 | if (num_group != (unsigned) -1) |
| 632 | { |
| 633 | unsigned int i; |
| 634 | |
| 635 | for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++) |
| 636 | { |
| 637 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i]; |
| 638 | Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; |
| 639 | unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; |
| 640 | |
| 641 | /* Look through this group's sections to see if current |
| 642 | section is a member. */ |
| 643 | while (--n_elt != 0) |
| 644 | if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr) |
| 645 | { |
| 646 | asection *s = NULL; |
| 647 | |
| 648 | /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through |
| 649 | other members to see if any others are linked via |
| 650 | next_in_group. */ |
| 651 | idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; |
| 652 | n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; |
| 653 | while (--n_elt != 0) |
| 654 | if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL |
| 655 | && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL) |
| 656 | break; |
| 657 | if (n_elt != 0) |
| 658 | { |
| 659 | /* Snarf the group name from other member, and |
| 660 | insert current section in circular list. */ |
| 661 | elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s); |
| 662 | elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s); |
| 663 | elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect; |
| 664 | } |
| 665 | else |
| 666 | { |
| 667 | const char *gname; |
| 668 | |
| 669 | gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr); |
| 670 | if (gname == NULL) |
| 671 | return FALSE; |
| 672 | elf_group_name (newsect) = gname; |
| 673 | |
| 674 | /* Start a circular list with one element. */ |
| 675 | elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect; |
| 676 | } |
| 677 | |
| 678 | /* If the group section has been created, point to the |
| 679 | new member. */ |
| 680 | if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL) |
| 681 | elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect; |
| 682 | |
| 683 | i = num_group - 1; |
| 684 | break; |
| 685 | } |
| 686 | } |
| 687 | } |
| 688 | |
| 689 | if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL) |
| 690 | { |
| 691 | (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"), |
| 692 | abfd, newsect); |
| 693 | } |
| 694 | return TRUE; |
| 695 | } |
| 696 | |
| 697 | bfd_boolean |
| 698 | _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd) |
| 699 | { |
| 700 | unsigned int i; |
| 701 | unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group; |
| 702 | bfd_boolean result = TRUE; |
| 703 | asection *s; |
| 704 | |
| 705 | /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */ |
| 706 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 707 | { |
| 708 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr; |
| 709 | if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) |
| 710 | { |
| 711 | unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link; |
| 712 | /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may |
| 713 | not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could |
| 714 | get the situation where elfsec is 0. */ |
| 715 | if (elfsec == 0) |
| 716 | { |
| 717 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 718 | if (bed->link_order_error_handler) |
| 719 | bed->link_order_error_handler |
| 720 | (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), |
| 721 | abfd, s); |
| 722 | } |
| 723 | else |
| 724 | { |
| 725 | asection *link = NULL; |
| 726 | |
| 727 | if (elfsec < elf_numsections (abfd)) |
| 728 | { |
| 729 | this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]; |
| 730 | link = this_hdr->bfd_section; |
| 731 | } |
| 732 | |
| 733 | /* PR 1991, 2008: |
| 734 | Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in |
| 735 | sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */ |
| 736 | if (link == NULL) |
| 737 | { |
| 738 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 739 | (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"), |
| 740 | s->owner, s, elfsec); |
| 741 | result = FALSE; |
| 742 | } |
| 743 | |
| 744 | elf_linked_to_section (s) = link; |
| 745 | } |
| 746 | } |
| 747 | } |
| 748 | |
| 749 | /* Process section groups. */ |
| 750 | if (num_group == (unsigned) -1) |
| 751 | return result; |
| 752 | |
| 753 | for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++) |
| 754 | { |
| 755 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i]; |
| 756 | Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; |
| 757 | unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; |
| 758 | |
| 759 | while (--n_elt != 0) |
| 760 | if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) |
| 761 | elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section; |
| 762 | else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA |
| 763 | || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL) |
| 764 | /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in |
| 765 | output object files. We adjust the group section size here |
| 766 | so that relocatable link will work correctly when |
| 767 | relocation sections are in section group in input object |
| 768 | files. */ |
| 769 | shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4; |
| 770 | else |
| 771 | { |
| 772 | /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */ |
| 773 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 774 | (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"), |
| 775 | abfd, |
| 776 | (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type, |
| 777 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, |
| 778 | (elf_elfheader (abfd) |
| 779 | ->e_shstrndx), |
| 780 | idx->shdr->sh_name), |
| 781 | shdr->bfd_section->name); |
| 782 | result = FALSE; |
| 783 | } |
| 784 | } |
| 785 | return result; |
| 786 | } |
| 787 | |
| 788 | bfd_boolean |
| 789 | bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec) |
| 790 | { |
| 791 | return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL; |
| 792 | } |
| 793 | |
| 794 | /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the |
| 795 | BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */ |
| 796 | |
| 797 | bfd_boolean |
| 798 | _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, |
| 799 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, |
| 800 | const char *name, |
| 801 | int shindex) |
| 802 | { |
| 803 | asection *newsect; |
| 804 | flagword flags; |
| 805 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 806 | |
| 807 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) |
| 808 | { |
| 809 | BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name, |
| 810 | bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0); |
| 811 | return TRUE; |
| 812 | } |
| 813 | |
| 814 | newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); |
| 815 | if (newsect == NULL) |
| 816 | return FALSE; |
| 817 | |
| 818 | hdr->bfd_section = newsect; |
| 819 | elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr; |
| 820 | elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex; |
| 821 | |
| 822 | /* Always use the real type/flags. */ |
| 823 | elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type; |
| 824 | elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags; |
| 825 | |
| 826 | newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset; |
| 827 | |
| 828 | if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr) |
| 829 | || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size) |
| 830 | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect, |
| 831 | bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign))) |
| 832 | return FALSE; |
| 833 | |
| 834 | flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS; |
| 835 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
| 836 | flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; |
| 837 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP) |
| 838 | flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE; |
| 839 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 840 | { |
| 841 | flags |= SEC_ALLOC; |
| 842 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
| 843 | flags |= SEC_LOAD; |
| 844 | } |
| 845 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0) |
| 846 | flags |= SEC_READONLY; |
| 847 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0) |
| 848 | flags |= SEC_CODE; |
| 849 | else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| 850 | flags |= SEC_DATA; |
| 851 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0) |
| 852 | { |
| 853 | flags |= SEC_MERGE; |
| 854 | newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize; |
| 855 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0) |
| 856 | flags |= SEC_STRINGS; |
| 857 | } |
| 858 | if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) |
| 859 | if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect)) |
| 860 | return FALSE; |
| 861 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0) |
| 862 | flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL; |
| 863 | |
| 864 | if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) |
| 865 | { |
| 866 | /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name, |
| 867 | not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */ |
| 868 | static const struct |
| 869 | { |
| 870 | const char *name; |
| 871 | int len; |
| 872 | } debug_sections [] = |
| 873 | { |
| 874 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("debug") }, /* 'd' */ |
| 875 | { NULL, 0 }, /* 'e' */ |
| 876 | { NULL, 0 }, /* 'f' */ |
| 877 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("gnu.linkonce.wi.") }, /* 'g' */ |
| 878 | { NULL, 0 }, /* 'h' */ |
| 879 | { NULL, 0 }, /* 'i' */ |
| 880 | { NULL, 0 }, /* 'j' */ |
| 881 | { NULL, 0 }, /* 'k' */ |
| 882 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("line") }, /* 'l' */ |
| 883 | { NULL, 0 }, /* 'm' */ |
| 884 | { NULL, 0 }, /* 'n' */ |
| 885 | { NULL, 0 }, /* 'o' */ |
| 886 | { NULL, 0 }, /* 'p' */ |
| 887 | { NULL, 0 }, /* 'q' */ |
| 888 | { NULL, 0 }, /* 'r' */ |
| 889 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("stab") } /* 's' */ |
| 890 | }; |
| 891 | |
| 892 | if (name [0] == '.') |
| 893 | { |
| 894 | int i = name [1] - 'd'; |
| 895 | if (i >= 0 |
| 896 | && i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections) |
| 897 | && debug_sections [i].name != NULL |
| 898 | && strncmp (&name [1], debug_sections [i].name, |
| 899 | debug_sections [i].len) == 0) |
| 900 | flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING; |
| 901 | } |
| 902 | } |
| 903 | |
| 904 | /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we |
| 905 | only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support |
| 906 | g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section. |
| 907 | The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions |
| 908 | are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard |
| 909 | all but one of the sections. */ |
| 910 | if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce") |
| 911 | && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL) |
| 912 | flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; |
| 913 | |
| 914 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 915 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags) |
| 916 | if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr)) |
| 917 | return FALSE; |
| 918 | |
| 919 | if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags)) |
| 920 | return FALSE; |
| 921 | |
| 922 | /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the |
| 923 | separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted. |
| 924 | PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */ |
| 925 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE) |
| 926 | { |
| 927 | char *contents; |
| 928 | |
| 929 | contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); |
| 930 | if (!contents) |
| 931 | return FALSE; |
| 932 | |
| 933 | if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents, 0, |
| 934 | hdr->sh_size) |
| 935 | || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, contents, hdr->sh_size, -1)) |
| 936 | { |
| 937 | free (contents); |
| 938 | return FALSE; |
| 939 | } |
| 940 | |
| 941 | free (contents); |
| 942 | } |
| 943 | |
| 944 | if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 945 | { |
| 946 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr; |
| 947 | unsigned int i; |
| 948 | |
| 949 | phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; |
| 950 | for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) |
| 951 | { |
| 952 | /* This section is part of this segment if its file |
| 953 | offset plus size lies within the segment's memory |
| 954 | span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the |
| 955 | loaded data lies within the extent of the segment. |
| 956 | |
| 957 | Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and |
| 958 | refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong |
| 959 | though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can |
| 960 | have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM, |
| 961 | place special significance on the address 0 and |
| 962 | executables need to be able to have a segment which |
| 963 | covers this address. */ |
| 964 | if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD |
| 965 | && (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset |
| 966 | && (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size |
| 967 | <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz) |
| 968 | && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0 |
| 969 | || (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size |
| 970 | <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz))) |
| 971 | { |
| 972 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0) |
| 973 | newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr |
| 974 | + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr); |
| 975 | else |
| 976 | /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD |
| 977 | sections, but that doesn't work if the segment |
| 978 | is packed with code from multiple VMAs. |
| 979 | Instead we calculate the section LMA based on |
| 980 | the segment LMA. It is assumed that the |
| 981 | segment will contain sections with contiguous |
| 982 | LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */ |
| 983 | newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr |
| 984 | + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset); |
| 985 | |
| 986 | /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file |
| 987 | offsets whether a section with zero size should |
| 988 | be placed at the end of one segment or the |
| 989 | beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */ |
| 990 | if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr |
| 991 | && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size |
| 992 | <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz)) |
| 993 | break; |
| 994 | } |
| 995 | } |
| 996 | } |
| 997 | |
| 998 | return TRUE; |
| 999 | } |
| 1000 | |
| 1001 | /* |
| 1002 | INTERNAL_FUNCTION |
| 1003 | bfd_elf_find_section |
| 1004 | |
| 1005 | SYNOPSIS |
| 1006 | struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name); |
| 1007 | |
| 1008 | DESCRIPTION |
| 1009 | Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables. |
| 1010 | Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an |
| 1011 | internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular, |
| 1012 | isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary |
| 1013 | mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some. |
| 1014 | */ |
| 1015 | |
| 1016 | struct elf_internal_shdr * |
| 1017 | bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name) |
| 1018 | { |
| 1019 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
| 1020 | char *shstrtab; |
| 1021 | unsigned int max; |
| 1022 | unsigned int i; |
| 1023 | |
| 1024 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
| 1025 | if (i_shdrp != NULL) |
| 1026 | { |
| 1027 | shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, |
| 1028 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx); |
| 1029 | if (shstrtab != NULL) |
| 1030 | { |
| 1031 | max = elf_numsections (abfd); |
| 1032 | for (i = 1; i < max; i++) |
| 1033 | if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name)) |
| 1034 | return i_shdrp[i]; |
| 1035 | } |
| 1036 | } |
| 1037 | return 0; |
| 1038 | } |
| 1039 | |
| 1040 | const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = { |
| 1041 | "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB", |
| 1042 | "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE", |
| 1043 | "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM", |
| 1044 | }; |
| 1045 | |
| 1046 | /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable |
| 1047 | output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing |
| 1048 | has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also |
| 1049 | be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to |
| 1050 | change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will |
| 1051 | all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code |
| 1052 | into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto |
| 1053 | function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing |
| 1054 | relocatable output against an external symbol. */ |
| 1055 | |
| 1056 | bfd_reloc_status_type |
| 1057 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 1058 | arelent *reloc_entry, |
| 1059 | asymbol *symbol, |
| 1060 | void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 1061 | asection *input_section, |
| 1062 | bfd *output_bfd, |
| 1063 | char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 1064 | { |
| 1065 | if (output_bfd != NULL |
| 1066 | && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0 |
| 1067 | && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace |
| 1068 | || reloc_entry->addend == 0)) |
| 1069 | { |
| 1070 | reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; |
| 1071 | return bfd_reloc_ok; |
| 1072 | } |
| 1073 | |
| 1074 | return bfd_reloc_continue; |
| 1075 | } |
| 1076 | \f |
| 1077 | /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to |
| 1078 | another. */ |
| 1079 | |
| 1080 | bfd_boolean |
| 1081 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
| 1082 | { |
| 1083 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 1084 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 1085 | return TRUE; |
| 1086 | |
| 1087 | BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd) |
| 1088 | || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |
| 1089 | == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags)); |
| 1090 | |
| 1091 | elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd); |
| 1092 | elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; |
| 1093 | elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE; |
| 1094 | |
| 1095 | /* Copy object attributes. */ |
| 1096 | _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd); |
| 1097 | |
| 1098 | return TRUE; |
| 1099 | } |
| 1100 | |
| 1101 | static const char * |
| 1102 | get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type) |
| 1103 | { |
| 1104 | const char *pt; |
| 1105 | switch (p_type) |
| 1106 | { |
| 1107 | case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break; |
| 1108 | case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break; |
| 1109 | case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break; |
| 1110 | case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break; |
| 1111 | case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break; |
| 1112 | case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break; |
| 1113 | case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break; |
| 1114 | case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break; |
| 1115 | case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break; |
| 1116 | case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break; |
| 1117 | case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break; |
| 1118 | default: pt = NULL; break; |
| 1119 | } |
| 1120 | return pt; |
| 1121 | } |
| 1122 | |
| 1123 | /* Print out the program headers. */ |
| 1124 | |
| 1125 | bfd_boolean |
| 1126 | _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg) |
| 1127 | { |
| 1128 | FILE *f = farg; |
| 1129 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; |
| 1130 | asection *s; |
| 1131 | bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL; |
| 1132 | |
| 1133 | p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; |
| 1134 | if (p != NULL) |
| 1135 | { |
| 1136 | unsigned int i, c; |
| 1137 | |
| 1138 | fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n")); |
| 1139 | c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; |
| 1140 | for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++) |
| 1141 | { |
| 1142 | const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type); |
| 1143 | char buf[20]; |
| 1144 | |
| 1145 | if (pt == NULL) |
| 1146 | { |
| 1147 | sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type); |
| 1148 | pt = buf; |
| 1149 | } |
| 1150 | fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt); |
| 1151 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset); |
| 1152 | fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x"); |
| 1153 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr); |
| 1154 | fprintf (f, " paddr 0x"); |
| 1155 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr); |
| 1156 | fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align)); |
| 1157 | fprintf (f, " filesz 0x"); |
| 1158 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz); |
| 1159 | fprintf (f, " memsz 0x"); |
| 1160 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz); |
| 1161 | fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c", |
| 1162 | (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-', |
| 1163 | (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-', |
| 1164 | (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-'); |
| 1165 | if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0) |
| 1166 | fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)); |
| 1167 | fprintf (f, "\n"); |
| 1168 | } |
| 1169 | } |
| 1170 | |
| 1171 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); |
| 1172 | if (s != NULL) |
| 1173 | { |
| 1174 | unsigned int elfsec; |
| 1175 | unsigned long shlink; |
| 1176 | bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend; |
| 1177 | size_t extdynsize; |
| 1178 | void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *); |
| 1179 | |
| 1180 | fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n")); |
| 1181 | |
| 1182 | if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf)) |
| 1183 | goto error_return; |
| 1184 | |
| 1185 | elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s); |
| 1186 | if (elfsec == SHN_BAD) |
| 1187 | goto error_return; |
| 1188 | shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link; |
| 1189 | |
| 1190 | extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn; |
| 1191 | swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in; |
| 1192 | |
| 1193 | extdyn = dynbuf; |
| 1194 | extdynend = extdyn + s->size; |
| 1195 | for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize) |
| 1196 | { |
| 1197 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; |
| 1198 | const char *name = ""; |
| 1199 | char ab[20]; |
| 1200 | bfd_boolean stringp; |
| 1201 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 1202 | |
| 1203 | (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn); |
| 1204 | |
| 1205 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL) |
| 1206 | break; |
| 1207 | |
| 1208 | stringp = FALSE; |
| 1209 | switch (dyn.d_tag) |
| 1210 | { |
| 1211 | default: |
| 1212 | if (bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) |
| 1213 | name = (*bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) (dyn.d_tag); |
| 1214 | |
| 1215 | if (!strcmp (name, "")) |
| 1216 | { |
| 1217 | sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag); |
| 1218 | name = ab; |
| 1219 | } |
| 1220 | break; |
| 1221 | |
| 1222 | case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
| 1223 | case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break; |
| 1224 | case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break; |
| 1225 | case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break; |
| 1226 | case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break; |
| 1227 | case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break; |
| 1228 | case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break; |
| 1229 | case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break; |
| 1230 | case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break; |
| 1231 | case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break; |
| 1232 | case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break; |
| 1233 | case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break; |
| 1234 | case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break; |
| 1235 | case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
| 1236 | case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
| 1237 | case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break; |
| 1238 | case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break; |
| 1239 | case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break; |
| 1240 | case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break; |
| 1241 | case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break; |
| 1242 | case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break; |
| 1243 | case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break; |
| 1244 | case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break; |
| 1245 | case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break; |
| 1246 | case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break; |
| 1247 | case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break; |
| 1248 | case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; |
| 1249 | case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break; |
| 1250 | case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
| 1251 | case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break; |
| 1252 | case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break; |
| 1253 | case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; |
| 1254 | case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break; |
| 1255 | case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break; |
| 1256 | case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break; |
| 1257 | case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break; |
| 1258 | case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break; |
| 1259 | case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break; |
| 1260 | case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break; |
| 1261 | case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break; |
| 1262 | case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
| 1263 | case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
| 1264 | case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
| 1265 | case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break; |
| 1266 | case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break; |
| 1267 | case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break; |
| 1268 | case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break; |
| 1269 | case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break; |
| 1270 | case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break; |
| 1271 | case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break; |
| 1272 | case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break; |
| 1273 | case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break; |
| 1274 | case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break; |
| 1275 | case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break; |
| 1276 | case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
| 1277 | case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break; |
| 1278 | case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
| 1279 | case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break; |
| 1280 | } |
| 1281 | |
| 1282 | fprintf (f, " %-20s ", name); |
| 1283 | if (! stringp) |
| 1284 | { |
| 1285 | fprintf (f, "0x"); |
| 1286 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, dyn.d_un.d_val); |
| 1287 | } |
| 1288 | else |
| 1289 | { |
| 1290 | const char *string; |
| 1291 | unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val; |
| 1292 | |
| 1293 | string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv); |
| 1294 | if (string == NULL) |
| 1295 | goto error_return; |
| 1296 | fprintf (f, "%s", string); |
| 1297 | } |
| 1298 | fprintf (f, "\n"); |
| 1299 | } |
| 1300 | |
| 1301 | free (dynbuf); |
| 1302 | dynbuf = NULL; |
| 1303 | } |
| 1304 | |
| 1305 | if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) |
| 1306 | || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)) |
| 1307 | { |
| 1308 | if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE)) |
| 1309 | return FALSE; |
| 1310 | } |
| 1311 | |
| 1312 | if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0) |
| 1313 | { |
| 1314 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *t; |
| 1315 | |
| 1316 | fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n")); |
| 1317 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef) |
| 1318 | { |
| 1319 | fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx, |
| 1320 | t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash, |
| 1321 | t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>"); |
| 1322 | if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL) |
| 1323 | { |
| 1324 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a; |
| 1325 | |
| 1326 | fprintf (f, "\t"); |
| 1327 | for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr; |
| 1328 | a != NULL; |
| 1329 | a = a->vda_nextptr) |
| 1330 | fprintf (f, "%s ", |
| 1331 | a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>"); |
| 1332 | fprintf (f, "\n"); |
| 1333 | } |
| 1334 | } |
| 1335 | } |
| 1336 | |
| 1337 | if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0) |
| 1338 | { |
| 1339 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; |
| 1340 | |
| 1341 | fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n")); |
| 1342 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref) |
| 1343 | { |
| 1344 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; |
| 1345 | |
| 1346 | fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"), |
| 1347 | t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>"); |
| 1348 | for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr) |
| 1349 | fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash, |
| 1350 | a->vna_flags, a->vna_other, |
| 1351 | a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>"); |
| 1352 | } |
| 1353 | } |
| 1354 | |
| 1355 | return TRUE; |
| 1356 | |
| 1357 | error_return: |
| 1358 | if (dynbuf != NULL) |
| 1359 | free (dynbuf); |
| 1360 | return FALSE; |
| 1361 | } |
| 1362 | |
| 1363 | /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */ |
| 1364 | |
| 1365 | void |
| 1366 | bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd, |
| 1367 | void *filep, |
| 1368 | asymbol *symbol, |
| 1369 | bfd_print_symbol_type how) |
| 1370 | { |
| 1371 | FILE *file = filep; |
| 1372 | switch (how) |
| 1373 | { |
| 1374 | case bfd_print_symbol_name: |
| 1375 | fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name); |
| 1376 | break; |
| 1377 | case bfd_print_symbol_more: |
| 1378 | fprintf (file, "elf "); |
| 1379 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value); |
| 1380 | fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags); |
| 1381 | break; |
| 1382 | case bfd_print_symbol_all: |
| 1383 | { |
| 1384 | const char *section_name; |
| 1385 | const char *name = NULL; |
| 1386 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 1387 | unsigned char st_other; |
| 1388 | bfd_vma val; |
| 1389 | |
| 1390 | section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)"; |
| 1391 | |
| 1392 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 1393 | if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) |
| 1394 | name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol); |
| 1395 | |
| 1396 | if (name == NULL) |
| 1397 | { |
| 1398 | name = symbol->name; |
| 1399 | bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol); |
| 1400 | } |
| 1401 | |
| 1402 | fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name); |
| 1403 | /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols, |
| 1404 | we've already printed the size; now print the alignment. |
| 1405 | For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and |
| 1406 | we've printed the address; now print the size. */ |
| 1407 | if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) |
| 1408 | val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value; |
| 1409 | else |
| 1410 | val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size; |
| 1411 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val); |
| 1412 | |
| 1413 | /* If we have version information, print it. */ |
| 1414 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0 |
| 1415 | && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0 |
| 1416 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0)) |
| 1417 | { |
| 1418 | unsigned int vernum; |
| 1419 | const char *version_string; |
| 1420 | |
| 1421 | vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION; |
| 1422 | |
| 1423 | if (vernum == 0) |
| 1424 | version_string = ""; |
| 1425 | else if (vernum == 1) |
| 1426 | version_string = "Base"; |
| 1427 | else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs) |
| 1428 | version_string = |
| 1429 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename; |
| 1430 | else |
| 1431 | { |
| 1432 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; |
| 1433 | |
| 1434 | version_string = ""; |
| 1435 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; |
| 1436 | t != NULL; |
| 1437 | t = t->vn_nextref) |
| 1438 | { |
| 1439 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; |
| 1440 | |
| 1441 | for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr) |
| 1442 | { |
| 1443 | if (a->vna_other == vernum) |
| 1444 | { |
| 1445 | version_string = a->vna_nodename; |
| 1446 | break; |
| 1447 | } |
| 1448 | } |
| 1449 | } |
| 1450 | } |
| 1451 | |
| 1452 | if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0) |
| 1453 | fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string); |
| 1454 | else |
| 1455 | { |
| 1456 | int i; |
| 1457 | |
| 1458 | fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string); |
| 1459 | for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i) |
| 1460 | putc (' ', file); |
| 1461 | } |
| 1462 | } |
| 1463 | |
| 1464 | /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */ |
| 1465 | st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other; |
| 1466 | |
| 1467 | switch (st_other) |
| 1468 | { |
| 1469 | case 0: break; |
| 1470 | case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break; |
| 1471 | case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break; |
| 1472 | case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break; |
| 1473 | default: |
| 1474 | /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print |
| 1475 | everything hex. */ |
| 1476 | fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other); |
| 1477 | } |
| 1478 | |
| 1479 | fprintf (file, " %s", name); |
| 1480 | } |
| 1481 | break; |
| 1482 | } |
| 1483 | } |
| 1484 | |
| 1485 | /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */ |
| 1486 | |
| 1487 | struct bfd_strtab_hash * |
| 1488 | _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void) |
| 1489 | { |
| 1490 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret; |
| 1491 | |
| 1492 | ret = _bfd_stringtab_init (); |
| 1493 | if (ret != NULL) |
| 1494 | { |
| 1495 | bfd_size_type loc; |
| 1496 | |
| 1497 | loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE); |
| 1498 | BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1); |
| 1499 | if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1) |
| 1500 | { |
| 1501 | _bfd_stringtab_free (ret); |
| 1502 | ret = NULL; |
| 1503 | } |
| 1504 | } |
| 1505 | return ret; |
| 1506 | } |
| 1507 | \f |
| 1508 | /* ELF .o/exec file reading */ |
| 1509 | |
| 1510 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */ |
| 1511 | |
| 1512 | bfd_boolean |
| 1513 | bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex) |
| 1514 | { |
| 1515 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 1516 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr; |
| 1517 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 1518 | const char *name; |
| 1519 | |
| 1520 | if (shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)) |
| 1521 | return FALSE; |
| 1522 | |
| 1523 | hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; |
| 1524 | ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| 1525 | name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, ehdr->e_shstrndx, |
| 1526 | hdr->sh_name); |
| 1527 | if (name == NULL) |
| 1528 | return FALSE; |
| 1529 | |
| 1530 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 1531 | switch (hdr->sh_type) |
| 1532 | { |
| 1533 | case SHT_NULL: |
| 1534 | /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */ |
| 1535 | return TRUE; |
| 1536 | |
| 1537 | case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */ |
| 1538 | case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */ |
| 1539 | case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */ |
| 1540 | case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */ |
| 1541 | case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */ |
| 1542 | case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */ |
| 1543 | case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */ |
| 1544 | case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */ |
| 1545 | case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */ |
| 1546 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
| 1547 | |
| 1548 | case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */ |
| 1549 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) |
| 1550 | return FALSE; |
| 1551 | if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd) |
| 1552 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL) |
| 1553 | return FALSE; |
| 1554 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB) |
| 1555 | { |
| 1556 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr; |
| 1557 | |
| 1558 | /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus |
| 1559 | sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the |
| 1560 | string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */ |
| 1561 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0) |
| 1562 | { |
| 1563 | dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]; |
| 1564 | hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link; |
| 1565 | } |
| 1566 | else |
| 1567 | { |
| 1568 | unsigned int i, num_sec; |
| 1569 | |
| 1570 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
| 1571 | for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++) |
| 1572 | { |
| 1573 | dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; |
| 1574 | if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) |
| 1575 | { |
| 1576 | hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link; |
| 1577 | break; |
| 1578 | } |
| 1579 | } |
| 1580 | } |
| 1581 | } |
| 1582 | break; |
| 1583 | |
| 1584 | case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */ |
| 1585 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex) |
| 1586 | return TRUE; |
| 1587 | |
| 1588 | if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym) |
| 1589 | return FALSE; |
| 1590 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0); |
| 1591 | elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex; |
| 1592 | elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1593 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 1594 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; |
| 1595 | |
| 1596 | /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If |
| 1597 | SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also |
| 1598 | treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the |
| 1599 | decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes |
| 1600 | set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the |
| 1601 | linker. */ |
| 1602 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0 |
| 1603 | && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0 |
| 1604 | && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, |
| 1605 | shindex)) |
| 1606 | return FALSE; |
| 1607 | |
| 1608 | /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we |
| 1609 | can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It |
| 1610 | is most likely specified by the next section header. */ |
| 1611 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex) |
| 1612 | { |
| 1613 | unsigned int i, num_sec; |
| 1614 | |
| 1615 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
| 1616 | for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++) |
| 1617 | { |
| 1618 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; |
| 1619 | if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX |
| 1620 | && hdr2->sh_link == shindex) |
| 1621 | break; |
| 1622 | } |
| 1623 | if (i == num_sec) |
| 1624 | for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++) |
| 1625 | { |
| 1626 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; |
| 1627 | if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX |
| 1628 | && hdr2->sh_link == shindex) |
| 1629 | break; |
| 1630 | } |
| 1631 | if (i != shindex) |
| 1632 | return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i); |
| 1633 | } |
| 1634 | return TRUE; |
| 1635 | |
| 1636 | case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */ |
| 1637 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex) |
| 1638 | return TRUE; |
| 1639 | |
| 1640 | if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym) |
| 1641 | return FALSE; |
| 1642 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0); |
| 1643 | elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex; |
| 1644 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1645 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; |
| 1646 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; |
| 1647 | |
| 1648 | /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular |
| 1649 | section, so that objcopy can handle it. */ |
| 1650 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
| 1651 | |
| 1652 | case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */ |
| 1653 | if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex) |
| 1654 | return TRUE; |
| 1655 | |
| 1656 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0); |
| 1657 | elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex; |
| 1658 | elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1659 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
| 1660 | return TRUE; |
| 1661 | |
| 1662 | case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */ |
| 1663 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) |
| 1664 | return TRUE; |
| 1665 | if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex) |
| 1666 | { |
| 1667 | elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1668 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; |
| 1669 | return TRUE; |
| 1670 | } |
| 1671 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex) |
| 1672 | { |
| 1673 | symtab_strtab: |
| 1674 | elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1675 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; |
| 1676 | return TRUE; |
| 1677 | } |
| 1678 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex) |
| 1679 | { |
| 1680 | dynsymtab_strtab: |
| 1681 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1682 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr; |
| 1683 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr; |
| 1684 | /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy |
| 1685 | can handle it. */ |
| 1686 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, |
| 1687 | shindex); |
| 1688 | } |
| 1689 | |
| 1690 | /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a |
| 1691 | regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure, |
| 1692 | just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */ |
| 1693 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) |
| 1694 | { |
| 1695 | unsigned int i, num_sec; |
| 1696 | |
| 1697 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
| 1698 | for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++) |
| 1699 | { |
| 1700 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; |
| 1701 | if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex) |
| 1702 | { |
| 1703 | /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */ |
| 1704 | if (i == shindex) |
| 1705 | return FALSE; |
| 1706 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i)) |
| 1707 | return FALSE; |
| 1708 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i) |
| 1709 | goto symtab_strtab; |
| 1710 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i) |
| 1711 | goto dynsymtab_strtab; |
| 1712 | } |
| 1713 | } |
| 1714 | } |
| 1715 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
| 1716 | |
| 1717 | case SHT_REL: |
| 1718 | case SHT_RELA: |
| 1719 | /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */ |
| 1720 | { |
| 1721 | asection *target_sect; |
| 1722 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2; |
| 1723 | unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
| 1724 | |
| 1725 | if (hdr->sh_entsize |
| 1726 | != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL |
| 1727 | ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela)) |
| 1728 | return FALSE; |
| 1729 | |
| 1730 | /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */ |
| 1731 | if (hdr->sh_link >= num_sec) |
| 1732 | { |
| 1733 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 1734 | (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"), |
| 1735 | abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex)); |
| 1736 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, |
| 1737 | shindex); |
| 1738 | } |
| 1739 | |
| 1740 | /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes |
| 1741 | libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have |
| 1742 | bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just |
| 1743 | reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use |
| 1744 | them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only |
| 1745 | one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point |
| 1746 | to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */ |
| 1747 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB |
| 1748 | && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM) |
| 1749 | { |
| 1750 | unsigned int scan; |
| 1751 | int found; |
| 1752 | |
| 1753 | found = 0; |
| 1754 | for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++) |
| 1755 | { |
| 1756 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB |
| 1757 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) |
| 1758 | { |
| 1759 | if (found != 0) |
| 1760 | { |
| 1761 | found = 0; |
| 1762 | break; |
| 1763 | } |
| 1764 | found = scan; |
| 1765 | } |
| 1766 | } |
| 1767 | if (found != 0) |
| 1768 | hdr->sh_link = found; |
| 1769 | } |
| 1770 | |
| 1771 | /* Get the symbol table. */ |
| 1772 | if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB |
| 1773 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) |
| 1774 | && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link)) |
| 1775 | return FALSE; |
| 1776 | |
| 1777 | /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we |
| 1778 | don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately |
| 1779 | represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't |
| 1780 | try. We just present it as a normal section. We also |
| 1781 | can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null |
| 1782 | section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */ |
| 1783 | if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd) |
| 1784 | || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF |
| 1785 | || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec |
| 1786 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL |
| 1787 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA) |
| 1788 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, |
| 1789 | shindex); |
| 1790 | |
| 1791 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info)) |
| 1792 | return FALSE; |
| 1793 | target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info); |
| 1794 | if (target_sect == NULL) |
| 1795 | return FALSE; |
| 1796 | |
| 1797 | if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 |
| 1798 | || target_sect->reloc_count == 0) |
| 1799 | hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr; |
| 1800 | else |
| 1801 | { |
| 1802 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 1803 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL); |
| 1804 | amt = sizeof (*hdr2); |
| 1805 | hdr2 = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 1806 | if (hdr2 == NULL) |
| 1807 | return FALSE; |
| 1808 | elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2; |
| 1809 | } |
| 1810 | *hdr2 = *hdr; |
| 1811 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2; |
| 1812 | target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr); |
| 1813 | target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC; |
| 1814 | target_sect->relocation = NULL; |
| 1815 | target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset; |
| 1816 | /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether |
| 1817 | its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */ |
| 1818 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0) |
| 1819 | target_sect->use_rela_p = hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA; |
| 1820 | abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC; |
| 1821 | return TRUE; |
| 1822 | } |
| 1823 | |
| 1824 | case SHT_GNU_verdef: |
| 1825 | elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex; |
| 1826 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1827 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
| 1828 | |
| 1829 | case SHT_GNU_versym: |
| 1830 | if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym)) |
| 1831 | return FALSE; |
| 1832 | elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex; |
| 1833 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1834 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
| 1835 | |
| 1836 | case SHT_GNU_verneed: |
| 1837 | elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex; |
| 1838 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr; |
| 1839 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
| 1840 | |
| 1841 | case SHT_SHLIB: |
| 1842 | return TRUE; |
| 1843 | |
| 1844 | case SHT_GROUP: |
| 1845 | /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking, |
| 1846 | and it's handy to have the signature available as the section |
| 1847 | name. */ |
| 1848 | if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr)) |
| 1849 | return FALSE; |
| 1850 | name = group_signature (abfd, hdr); |
| 1851 | if (name == NULL) |
| 1852 | return FALSE; |
| 1853 | if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) |
| 1854 | return FALSE; |
| 1855 | if (hdr->contents != NULL) |
| 1856 | { |
| 1857 | Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents; |
| 1858 | unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / GRP_ENTRY_SIZE; |
| 1859 | asection *s; |
| 1860 | |
| 1861 | if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT) |
| 1862 | hdr->bfd_section->flags |
| 1863 | |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; |
| 1864 | |
| 1865 | /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */ |
| 1866 | idx += n_elt; |
| 1867 | while (--n_elt != 0) |
| 1868 | { |
| 1869 | --idx; |
| 1870 | |
| 1871 | if (idx->shdr != NULL |
| 1872 | && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL |
| 1873 | && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL) |
| 1874 | { |
| 1875 | elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s; |
| 1876 | break; |
| 1877 | } |
| 1878 | } |
| 1879 | } |
| 1880 | break; |
| 1881 | |
| 1882 | default: |
| 1883 | /* Possibly an attributes section. */ |
| 1884 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES |
| 1885 | || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type) |
| 1886 | { |
| 1887 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) |
| 1888 | return FALSE; |
| 1889 | _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr); |
| 1890 | return TRUE; |
| 1891 | } |
| 1892 | |
| 1893 | /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */ |
| 1894 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) |
| 1895 | return TRUE; |
| 1896 | |
| 1897 | if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER) |
| 1898 | { |
| 1899 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 1900 | /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved |
| 1901 | for applications? */ |
| 1902 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 1903 | (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application " |
| 1904 | "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"), |
| 1905 | abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); |
| 1906 | else |
| 1907 | /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */ |
| 1908 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, |
| 1909 | shindex); |
| 1910 | } |
| 1911 | else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC |
| 1912 | && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC) |
| 1913 | /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */ |
| 1914 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 1915 | (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section " |
| 1916 | "`%s' [0x%8x]"), |
| 1917 | abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); |
| 1918 | else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS) |
| 1919 | { |
| 1920 | /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */ |
| 1921 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0) |
| 1922 | /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is |
| 1923 | required to correctly process the section and the file should |
| 1924 | be rejected with an error message. */ |
| 1925 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 1926 | (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section " |
| 1927 | "`%s' [0x%8x]"), |
| 1928 | abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); |
| 1929 | else |
| 1930 | /* Otherwise it should be processed. */ |
| 1931 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
| 1932 | } |
| 1933 | else |
| 1934 | /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */ |
| 1935 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 1936 | (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"), |
| 1937 | abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); |
| 1938 | |
| 1939 | return FALSE; |
| 1940 | } |
| 1941 | |
| 1942 | return TRUE; |
| 1943 | } |
| 1944 | |
| 1945 | /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. |
| 1946 | Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */ |
| 1947 | |
| 1948 | asection * |
| 1949 | bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd *abfd, |
| 1950 | struct sym_sec_cache *cache, |
| 1951 | asection *sec, |
| 1952 | unsigned long r_symndx) |
| 1953 | { |
| 1954 | unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE; |
| 1955 | asection *s; |
| 1956 | |
| 1957 | if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx) |
| 1958 | { |
| 1959 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 1960 | unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)]; |
| 1961 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx; |
| 1962 | Elf_Internal_Sym isym; |
| 1963 | |
| 1964 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 1965 | if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx, |
| 1966 | &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL) |
| 1967 | return NULL; |
| 1968 | |
| 1969 | if (cache->abfd != abfd) |
| 1970 | { |
| 1971 | memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx)); |
| 1972 | cache->abfd = abfd; |
| 1973 | } |
| 1974 | cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx; |
| 1975 | cache->shndx[ent] = isym.st_shndx; |
| 1976 | } |
| 1977 | |
| 1978 | s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, cache->shndx[ent]); |
| 1979 | if (s != NULL) |
| 1980 | return s; |
| 1981 | |
| 1982 | return sec; |
| 1983 | } |
| 1984 | |
| 1985 | /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD |
| 1986 | section. */ |
| 1987 | |
| 1988 | asection * |
| 1989 | bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int index) |
| 1990 | { |
| 1991 | if (index >= elf_numsections (abfd)) |
| 1992 | return NULL; |
| 1993 | return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section; |
| 1994 | } |
| 1995 | |
| 1996 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] = |
| 1997 | { |
| 1998 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| 1999 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 2000 | }; |
| 2001 | |
| 2002 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] = |
| 2003 | { |
| 2004 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| 2005 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 2006 | }; |
| 2007 | |
| 2008 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] = |
| 2009 | { |
| 2010 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| 2011 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| 2012 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| 2013 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| 2014 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| 2015 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| 2016 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| 2017 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| 2018 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| 2019 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| 2020 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 2021 | }; |
| 2022 | |
| 2023 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] = |
| 2024 | { |
| 2025 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, |
| 2026 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| 2027 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 2028 | }; |
| 2029 | |
| 2030 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] = |
| 2031 | { |
| 2032 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| 2033 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| 2034 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 }, |
| 2035 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 }, |
| 2036 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 }, |
| 2037 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| 2038 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| 2039 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| 2040 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 2041 | }; |
| 2042 | |
| 2043 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] = |
| 2044 | { |
| 2045 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| 2046 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 2047 | }; |
| 2048 | |
| 2049 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] = |
| 2050 | { |
| 2051 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, |
| 2052 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| 2053 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| 2054 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 2055 | }; |
| 2056 | |
| 2057 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] = |
| 2058 | { |
| 2059 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| 2060 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 2061 | }; |
| 2062 | |
| 2063 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] = |
| 2064 | { |
| 2065 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
| 2066 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 }, |
| 2067 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 2068 | }; |
| 2069 | |
| 2070 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] = |
| 2071 | { |
| 2072 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
| 2073 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, |
| 2074 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 2075 | }; |
| 2076 | |
| 2077 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] = |
| 2078 | { |
| 2079 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| 2080 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, |
| 2081 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 }, |
| 2082 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 }, |
| 2083 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 2084 | }; |
| 2085 | |
| 2086 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] = |
| 2087 | { |
| 2088 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, |
| 2089 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, |
| 2090 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 }, |
| 2091 | /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of |
| 2092 | this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */ |
| 2093 | { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, |
| 2094 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 2095 | }; |
| 2096 | |
| 2097 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] = |
| 2098 | { |
| 2099 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, |
| 2100 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS }, |
| 2101 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS }, |
| 2102 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
| 2103 | }; |
| 2104 | |
| 2105 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *special_sections[] = |
| 2106 | { |
| 2107 | special_sections_b, /* 'b' */ |
| 2108 | special_sections_c, /* 'c' */ |
| 2109 | special_sections_d, /* 'd' */ |
| 2110 | NULL, /* 'e' */ |
| 2111 | special_sections_f, /* 'f' */ |
| 2112 | special_sections_g, /* 'g' */ |
| 2113 | special_sections_h, /* 'h' */ |
| 2114 | special_sections_i, /* 'i' */ |
| 2115 | NULL, /* 'j' */ |
| 2116 | NULL, /* 'k' */ |
| 2117 | special_sections_l, /* 'l' */ |
| 2118 | NULL, /* 'm' */ |
| 2119 | special_sections_n, /* 'n' */ |
| 2120 | NULL, /* 'o' */ |
| 2121 | special_sections_p, /* 'p' */ |
| 2122 | NULL, /* 'q' */ |
| 2123 | special_sections_r, /* 'r' */ |
| 2124 | special_sections_s, /* 's' */ |
| 2125 | special_sections_t, /* 't' */ |
| 2126 | }; |
| 2127 | |
| 2128 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section * |
| 2129 | _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name, |
| 2130 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec, |
| 2131 | unsigned int rela) |
| 2132 | { |
| 2133 | int i; |
| 2134 | int len; |
| 2135 | |
| 2136 | len = strlen (name); |
| 2137 | |
| 2138 | for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++) |
| 2139 | { |
| 2140 | int suffix_len; |
| 2141 | int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length; |
| 2142 | |
| 2143 | if (len < prefix_len) |
| 2144 | continue; |
| 2145 | if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0) |
| 2146 | continue; |
| 2147 | |
| 2148 | suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length; |
| 2149 | if (suffix_len <= 0) |
| 2150 | { |
| 2151 | if (name[prefix_len] != 0) |
| 2152 | { |
| 2153 | if (suffix_len == 0) |
| 2154 | continue; |
| 2155 | if (name[prefix_len] != '.' |
| 2156 | && (suffix_len == -2 |
| 2157 | || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL))) |
| 2158 | continue; |
| 2159 | } |
| 2160 | } |
| 2161 | else |
| 2162 | { |
| 2163 | if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len) |
| 2164 | continue; |
| 2165 | if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len, |
| 2166 | spec[i].prefix + prefix_len, |
| 2167 | suffix_len) != 0) |
| 2168 | continue; |
| 2169 | } |
| 2170 | return &spec[i]; |
| 2171 | } |
| 2172 | |
| 2173 | return NULL; |
| 2174 | } |
| 2175 | |
| 2176 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section * |
| 2177 | _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) |
| 2178 | { |
| 2179 | int i; |
| 2180 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec; |
| 2181 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 2182 | |
| 2183 | /* See if this is one of the special sections. */ |
| 2184 | if (sec->name == NULL) |
| 2185 | return NULL; |
| 2186 | |
| 2187 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 2188 | spec = bed->special_sections; |
| 2189 | if (spec) |
| 2190 | { |
| 2191 | spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, |
| 2192 | bed->special_sections, |
| 2193 | sec->use_rela_p); |
| 2194 | if (spec != NULL) |
| 2195 | return spec; |
| 2196 | } |
| 2197 | |
| 2198 | if (sec->name[0] != '.') |
| 2199 | return NULL; |
| 2200 | |
| 2201 | i = sec->name[1] - 'b'; |
| 2202 | if (i < 0 || i > 't' - 'b') |
| 2203 | return NULL; |
| 2204 | |
| 2205 | spec = special_sections[i]; |
| 2206 | |
| 2207 | if (spec == NULL) |
| 2208 | return NULL; |
| 2209 | |
| 2210 | return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p); |
| 2211 | } |
| 2212 | |
| 2213 | bfd_boolean |
| 2214 | _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) |
| 2215 | { |
| 2216 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata; |
| 2217 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 2218 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect; |
| 2219 | |
| 2220 | sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd; |
| 2221 | if (sdata == NULL) |
| 2222 | { |
| 2223 | sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata)); |
| 2224 | if (sdata == NULL) |
| 2225 | return FALSE; |
| 2226 | sec->used_by_bfd = sdata; |
| 2227 | } |
| 2228 | |
| 2229 | /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */ |
| 2230 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 2231 | sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p; |
| 2232 | |
| 2233 | /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and |
| 2234 | flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr |
| 2235 | anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker |
| 2236 | created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will |
| 2237 | set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in |
| 2238 | elf_fake_sections. */ |
| 2239 | if ((!sec->flags && abfd->direction != read_direction) |
| 2240 | || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0) |
| 2241 | { |
| 2242 | ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec); |
| 2243 | if (ssect != NULL) |
| 2244 | { |
| 2245 | elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type; |
| 2246 | elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr; |
| 2247 | } |
| 2248 | } |
| 2249 | |
| 2250 | return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec); |
| 2251 | } |
| 2252 | |
| 2253 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header. |
| 2254 | |
| 2255 | Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name |
| 2256 | of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the |
| 2257 | program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we |
| 2258 | generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b. |
| 2259 | |
| 2260 | Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than |
| 2261 | (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the |
| 2262 | system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size, |
| 2263 | but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the |
| 2264 | file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting |
| 2265 | of combined data+bss. |
| 2266 | |
| 2267 | To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections |
| 2268 | for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by |
| 2269 | the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified |
| 2270 | by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split |
| 2271 | into its initialized and uninitialized parts. |
| 2272 | |
| 2273 | */ |
| 2274 | |
| 2275 | bfd_boolean |
| 2276 | _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, |
| 2277 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, |
| 2278 | int index, |
| 2279 | const char *typename) |
| 2280 | { |
| 2281 | asection *newsect; |
| 2282 | char *name; |
| 2283 | char namebuf[64]; |
| 2284 | size_t len; |
| 2285 | int split; |
| 2286 | |
| 2287 | split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0) |
| 2288 | && (hdr->p_filesz > 0) |
| 2289 | && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)); |
| 2290 | |
| 2291 | if (hdr->p_filesz > 0) |
| 2292 | { |
| 2293 | sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : ""); |
| 2294 | len = strlen (namebuf) + 1; |
| 2295 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| 2296 | if (!name) |
| 2297 | return FALSE; |
| 2298 | memcpy (name, namebuf, len); |
| 2299 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); |
| 2300 | if (newsect == NULL) |
| 2301 | return FALSE; |
| 2302 | newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr; |
| 2303 | newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr; |
| 2304 | newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz; |
| 2305 | newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset; |
| 2306 | newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; |
| 2307 | newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align); |
| 2308 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) |
| 2309 | { |
| 2310 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; |
| 2311 | newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD; |
| 2312 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) |
| 2313 | { |
| 2314 | /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION, |
| 2315 | may be data. */ |
| 2316 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; |
| 2317 | } |
| 2318 | } |
| 2319 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) |
| 2320 | { |
| 2321 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; |
| 2322 | } |
| 2323 | } |
| 2324 | |
| 2325 | if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz) |
| 2326 | { |
| 2327 | bfd_vma align; |
| 2328 | |
| 2329 | sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "b" : ""); |
| 2330 | len = strlen (namebuf) + 1; |
| 2331 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| 2332 | if (!name) |
| 2333 | return FALSE; |
| 2334 | memcpy (name, namebuf, len); |
| 2335 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); |
| 2336 | if (newsect == NULL) |
| 2337 | return FALSE; |
| 2338 | newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz; |
| 2339 | newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz; |
| 2340 | newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz; |
| 2341 | newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz; |
| 2342 | align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma; |
| 2343 | if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align) |
| 2344 | align = hdr->p_align; |
| 2345 | newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align); |
| 2346 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) |
| 2347 | { |
| 2348 | /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do |
| 2349 | not have their contents written to a core file, on the |
| 2350 | assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the |
| 2351 | executable. We flag this case by setting the fake |
| 2352 | section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will |
| 2353 | always have their contents dumped to the core file. */ |
| 2354 | if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) |
| 2355 | newsect->size = 0; |
| 2356 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; |
| 2357 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) |
| 2358 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; |
| 2359 | } |
| 2360 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) |
| 2361 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; |
| 2362 | } |
| 2363 | |
| 2364 | return TRUE; |
| 2365 | } |
| 2366 | |
| 2367 | bfd_boolean |
| 2368 | bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int index) |
| 2369 | { |
| 2370 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 2371 | |
| 2372 | switch (hdr->p_type) |
| 2373 | { |
| 2374 | case PT_NULL: |
| 2375 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null"); |
| 2376 | |
| 2377 | case PT_LOAD: |
| 2378 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load"); |
| 2379 | |
| 2380 | case PT_DYNAMIC: |
| 2381 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic"); |
| 2382 | |
| 2383 | case PT_INTERP: |
| 2384 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp"); |
| 2385 | |
| 2386 | case PT_NOTE: |
| 2387 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note")) |
| 2388 | return FALSE; |
| 2389 | if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz)) |
| 2390 | return FALSE; |
| 2391 | return TRUE; |
| 2392 | |
| 2393 | case PT_SHLIB: |
| 2394 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib"); |
| 2395 | |
| 2396 | case PT_PHDR: |
| 2397 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr"); |
| 2398 | |
| 2399 | case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: |
| 2400 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, |
| 2401 | "eh_frame_hdr"); |
| 2402 | |
| 2403 | case PT_GNU_STACK: |
| 2404 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "stack"); |
| 2405 | |
| 2406 | case PT_GNU_RELRO: |
| 2407 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "relro"); |
| 2408 | |
| 2409 | default: |
| 2410 | /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */ |
| 2411 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 2412 | return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "proc"); |
| 2413 | } |
| 2414 | } |
| 2415 | |
| 2416 | /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing |
| 2417 | relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA |
| 2418 | relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */ |
| 2419 | |
| 2420 | bfd_boolean |
| 2421 | _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd, |
| 2422 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr, |
| 2423 | asection *asect, |
| 2424 | bfd_boolean use_rela_p) |
| 2425 | { |
| 2426 | char *name; |
| 2427 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 2428 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name); |
| 2429 | |
| 2430 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
| 2431 | if (name == NULL) |
| 2432 | return FALSE; |
| 2433 | sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name); |
| 2434 | rel_hdr->sh_name = |
| 2435 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name, |
| 2436 | FALSE); |
| 2437 | if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
| 2438 | return FALSE; |
| 2439 | rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL; |
| 2440 | rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p |
| 2441 | ? bed->s->sizeof_rela |
| 2442 | : bed->s->sizeof_rel); |
| 2443 | rel_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; |
| 2444 | rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
| 2445 | rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
| 2446 | rel_hdr->sh_size = 0; |
| 2447 | rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0; |
| 2448 | |
| 2449 | return TRUE; |
| 2450 | } |
| 2451 | |
| 2452 | /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */ |
| 2453 | |
| 2454 | static void |
| 2455 | elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *failedptrarg) |
| 2456 | { |
| 2457 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 2458 | bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg; |
| 2459 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; |
| 2460 | unsigned int sh_type; |
| 2461 | |
| 2462 | if (*failedptr) |
| 2463 | { |
| 2464 | /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections |
| 2465 | loop. */ |
| 2466 | return; |
| 2467 | } |
| 2468 | |
| 2469 | this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr; |
| 2470 | |
| 2471 | this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), |
| 2472 | asect->name, FALSE); |
| 2473 | if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
| 2474 | { |
| 2475 | *failedptr = TRUE; |
| 2476 | return; |
| 2477 | } |
| 2478 | |
| 2479 | /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */ |
| 2480 | |
| 2481 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
| 2482 | || asect->user_set_vma) |
| 2483 | this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma; |
| 2484 | else |
| 2485 | this_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
| 2486 | |
| 2487 | this_hdr->sh_offset = 0; |
| 2488 | this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size; |
| 2489 | this_hdr->sh_link = 0; |
| 2490 | this_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << asect->alignment_power; |
| 2491 | /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by |
| 2492 | copy_private_section_data. */ |
| 2493 | |
| 2494 | this_hdr->bfd_section = asect; |
| 2495 | this_hdr->contents = NULL; |
| 2496 | |
| 2497 | /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on |
| 2498 | asect->flags. */ |
| 2499 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0) |
| 2500 | sh_type = SHT_GROUP; |
| 2501 | else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
| 2502 | && (((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0) |
| 2503 | || (asect->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD) != 0)) |
| 2504 | sh_type = SHT_NOBITS; |
| 2505 | else |
| 2506 | sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; |
| 2507 | |
| 2508 | if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL) |
| 2509 | this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type; |
| 2510 | else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS |
| 2511 | && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS |
| 2512 | && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 2513 | { |
| 2514 | /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but |
| 2515 | allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link |
| 2516 | non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data |
| 2517 | to a bss output section via a linker script. */ |
| 2518 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 2519 | (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect); |
| 2520 | this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type; |
| 2521 | } |
| 2522 | |
| 2523 | switch (this_hdr->sh_type) |
| 2524 | { |
| 2525 | default: |
| 2526 | break; |
| 2527 | |
| 2528 | case SHT_STRTAB: |
| 2529 | case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: |
| 2530 | case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: |
| 2531 | case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: |
| 2532 | case SHT_NOTE: |
| 2533 | case SHT_NOBITS: |
| 2534 | case SHT_PROGBITS: |
| 2535 | break; |
| 2536 | |
| 2537 | case SHT_HASH: |
| 2538 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry; |
| 2539 | break; |
| 2540 | |
| 2541 | case SHT_DYNSYM: |
| 2542 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 2543 | break; |
| 2544 | |
| 2545 | case SHT_DYNAMIC: |
| 2546 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn; |
| 2547 | break; |
| 2548 | |
| 2549 | case SHT_RELA: |
| 2550 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p) |
| 2551 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela; |
| 2552 | break; |
| 2553 | |
| 2554 | case SHT_REL: |
| 2555 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p) |
| 2556 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel; |
| 2557 | break; |
| 2558 | |
| 2559 | case SHT_GNU_versym: |
| 2560 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym); |
| 2561 | break; |
| 2562 | |
| 2563 | case SHT_GNU_verdef: |
| 2564 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
| 2565 | /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set |
| 2566 | cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be |
| 2567 | zero. */ |
| 2568 | if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) |
| 2569 | this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs; |
| 2570 | else |
| 2571 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0 |
| 2572 | || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs); |
| 2573 | break; |
| 2574 | |
| 2575 | case SHT_GNU_verneed: |
| 2576 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
| 2577 | /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set |
| 2578 | cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be |
| 2579 | zero. */ |
| 2580 | if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) |
| 2581 | this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs; |
| 2582 | else |
| 2583 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0 |
| 2584 | || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs); |
| 2585 | break; |
| 2586 | |
| 2587 | case SHT_GROUP: |
| 2588 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE; |
| 2589 | break; |
| 2590 | |
| 2591 | case SHT_GNU_HASH: |
| 2592 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4; |
| 2593 | break; |
| 2594 | } |
| 2595 | |
| 2596 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 2597 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC; |
| 2598 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) |
| 2599 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE; |
| 2600 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) |
| 2601 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR; |
| 2602 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0) |
| 2603 | { |
| 2604 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE; |
| 2605 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize; |
| 2606 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0) |
| 2607 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS; |
| 2608 | } |
| 2609 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL) |
| 2610 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP; |
| 2611 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0) |
| 2612 | { |
| 2613 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS; |
| 2614 | if (asect->size == 0 |
| 2615 | && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) |
| 2616 | { |
| 2617 | struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order; |
| 2618 | |
| 2619 | this_hdr->sh_size = 0; |
| 2620 | if (o != NULL) |
| 2621 | { |
| 2622 | this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size; |
| 2623 | if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0) |
| 2624 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS; |
| 2625 | } |
| 2626 | } |
| 2627 | } |
| 2628 | |
| 2629 | /* Check for processor-specific section types. */ |
| 2630 | sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type; |
| 2631 | if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections |
| 2632 | && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect)) |
| 2633 | *failedptr = TRUE; |
| 2634 | |
| 2635 | if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0) |
| 2636 | { |
| 2637 | /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being |
| 2638 | called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */ |
| 2639 | this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type; |
| 2640 | } |
| 2641 | |
| 2642 | /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the |
| 2643 | SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for |
| 2644 | this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to |
| 2645 | create the other. */ |
| 2646 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0 |
| 2647 | && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, |
| 2648 | &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr, |
| 2649 | asect, |
| 2650 | asect->use_rela_p)) |
| 2651 | *failedptr = TRUE; |
| 2652 | } |
| 2653 | |
| 2654 | /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */ |
| 2655 | |
| 2656 | void |
| 2657 | bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg) |
| 2658 | { |
| 2659 | bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg; |
| 2660 | unsigned long symindx; |
| 2661 | asection *elt, *first; |
| 2662 | unsigned char *loc; |
| 2663 | bfd_boolean gas; |
| 2664 | |
| 2665 | /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in |
| 2666 | elfxx-ia64.c. */ |
| 2667 | if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP) |
| 2668 | || *failedptr) |
| 2669 | return; |
| 2670 | |
| 2671 | symindx = 0; |
| 2672 | if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL) |
| 2673 | symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i; |
| 2674 | |
| 2675 | if (symindx == 0) |
| 2676 | { |
| 2677 | /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up |
| 2678 | elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */ |
| 2679 | if (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL) |
| 2680 | symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i; |
| 2681 | else |
| 2682 | symindx = sec->target_index; |
| 2683 | } |
| 2684 | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx; |
| 2685 | |
| 2686 | /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */ |
| 2687 | gas = TRUE; |
| 2688 | if (sec->contents == NULL) |
| 2689 | { |
| 2690 | gas = FALSE; |
| 2691 | sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size); |
| 2692 | |
| 2693 | /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */ |
| 2694 | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents; |
| 2695 | if (sec->contents == NULL) |
| 2696 | { |
| 2697 | *failedptr = TRUE; |
| 2698 | return; |
| 2699 | } |
| 2700 | } |
| 2701 | |
| 2702 | loc = sec->contents + sec->size; |
| 2703 | |
| 2704 | /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas |
| 2705 | squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the |
| 2706 | start of the input section group. */ |
| 2707 | first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec); |
| 2708 | |
| 2709 | /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section |
| 2710 | indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards |
| 2711 | just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section |
| 2712 | directives, not that it matters. */ |
| 2713 | while (elt != NULL) |
| 2714 | { |
| 2715 | asection *s; |
| 2716 | unsigned int idx; |
| 2717 | |
| 2718 | loc -= 4; |
| 2719 | s = elt; |
| 2720 | if (!gas) |
| 2721 | s = s->output_section; |
| 2722 | idx = 0; |
| 2723 | if (s != NULL) |
| 2724 | idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
| 2725 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc); |
| 2726 | elt = elf_next_in_group (elt); |
| 2727 | if (elt == first) |
| 2728 | break; |
| 2729 | } |
| 2730 | |
| 2731 | if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents) |
| 2732 | abort (); |
| 2733 | |
| 2734 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc); |
| 2735 | } |
| 2736 | |
| 2737 | /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here |
| 2738 | too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled |
| 2739 | in here too, while we're at it. */ |
| 2740 | |
| 2741 | static bfd_boolean |
| 2742 | assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
| 2743 | { |
| 2744 | struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd); |
| 2745 | asection *sec; |
| 2746 | unsigned int section_number, secn; |
| 2747 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
| 2748 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d; |
| 2749 | |
| 2750 | section_number = 1; |
| 2751 | |
| 2752 | _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); |
| 2753 | |
| 2754 | /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */ |
| 2755 | if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable) |
| 2756 | { |
| 2757 | /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */ |
| 2758 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) |
| 2759 | { |
| 2760 | d = elf_section_data (sec); |
| 2761 | |
| 2762 | if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP) |
| 2763 | { |
| 2764 | if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) |
| 2765 | { |
| 2766 | /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */ |
| 2767 | bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec); |
| 2768 | abfd->section_count--; |
| 2769 | } |
| 2770 | else |
| 2771 | d->this_idx = section_number++; |
| 2772 | } |
| 2773 | } |
| 2774 | } |
| 2775 | |
| 2776 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) |
| 2777 | { |
| 2778 | d = elf_section_data (sec); |
| 2779 | |
| 2780 | if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP) |
| 2781 | d->this_idx = section_number++; |
| 2782 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name); |
| 2783 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0) |
| 2784 | d->rel_idx = 0; |
| 2785 | else |
| 2786 | { |
| 2787 | d->rel_idx = section_number++; |
| 2788 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr.sh_name); |
| 2789 | } |
| 2790 | |
| 2791 | if (d->rel_hdr2) |
| 2792 | { |
| 2793 | d->rel_idx2 = section_number++; |
| 2794 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr2->sh_name); |
| 2795 | } |
| 2796 | else |
| 2797 | d->rel_idx2 = 0; |
| 2798 | } |
| 2799 | |
| 2800 | t->shstrtab_section = section_number++; |
| 2801 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name); |
| 2802 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section; |
| 2803 | |
| 2804 | if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0) |
| 2805 | { |
| 2806 | t->symtab_section = section_number++; |
| 2807 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name); |
| 2808 | if (section_number > ((SHN_LORESERVE - 2) & 0xFFFF)) |
| 2809 | { |
| 2810 | t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++; |
| 2811 | t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name |
| 2812 | = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), |
| 2813 | ".symtab_shndx", FALSE); |
| 2814 | if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
| 2815 | return FALSE; |
| 2816 | } |
| 2817 | t->strtab_section = section_number++; |
| 2818 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name); |
| 2819 | } |
| 2820 | |
| 2821 | _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); |
| 2822 | t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); |
| 2823 | |
| 2824 | elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number; |
| 2825 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number; |
| 2826 | |
| 2827 | /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the |
| 2828 | indices. */ |
| 2829 | i_shdrp = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *)); |
| 2830 | if (i_shdrp == NULL) |
| 2831 | return FALSE; |
| 2832 | |
| 2833 | i_shdrp[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr)); |
| 2834 | if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL) |
| 2835 | { |
| 2836 | bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp); |
| 2837 | return FALSE; |
| 2838 | } |
| 2839 | |
| 2840 | elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp; |
| 2841 | |
| 2842 | i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr; |
| 2843 | if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0) |
| 2844 | { |
| 2845 | i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr; |
| 2846 | if (elf_numsections (abfd) > (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xFFFF)) |
| 2847 | { |
| 2848 | i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
| 2849 | t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; |
| 2850 | } |
| 2851 | i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr; |
| 2852 | t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section; |
| 2853 | } |
| 2854 | |
| 2855 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) |
| 2856 | { |
| 2857 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec); |
| 2858 | asection *s; |
| 2859 | const char *name; |
| 2860 | |
| 2861 | i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr; |
| 2862 | if (d->rel_idx != 0) |
| 2863 | i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr; |
| 2864 | if (d->rel_idx2 != 0) |
| 2865 | i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2; |
| 2866 | |
| 2867 | /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */ |
| 2868 | |
| 2869 | /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol |
| 2870 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which |
| 2871 | the relocation entries apply. */ |
| 2872 | if (d->rel_idx != 0) |
| 2873 | { |
| 2874 | d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; |
| 2875 | d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx; |
| 2876 | } |
| 2877 | if (d->rel_idx2 != 0) |
| 2878 | { |
| 2879 | d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section; |
| 2880 | d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx; |
| 2881 | } |
| 2882 | |
| 2883 | /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */ |
| 2884 | if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) |
| 2885 | { |
| 2886 | s = elf_linked_to_section (sec); |
| 2887 | if (s) |
| 2888 | { |
| 2889 | /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */ |
| 2890 | if (link_info != NULL) |
| 2891 | { |
| 2892 | /* Check discarded linkonce section. */ |
| 2893 | if (elf_discarded_section (s)) |
| 2894 | { |
| 2895 | asection *kept; |
| 2896 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 2897 | (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"), |
| 2898 | abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, |
| 2899 | s, s->owner); |
| 2900 | /* Point to the kept section if it has the same |
| 2901 | size as the discarded one. */ |
| 2902 | kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info); |
| 2903 | if (kept == NULL) |
| 2904 | { |
| 2905 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 2906 | return FALSE; |
| 2907 | } |
| 2908 | s = kept; |
| 2909 | } |
| 2910 | |
| 2911 | s = s->output_section; |
| 2912 | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
| 2913 | } |
| 2914 | else |
| 2915 | { |
| 2916 | /* Handle objcopy. */ |
| 2917 | if (s->output_section == NULL) |
| 2918 | { |
| 2919 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 2920 | (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"), |
| 2921 | abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner); |
| 2922 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 2923 | return FALSE; |
| 2924 | } |
| 2925 | s = s->output_section; |
| 2926 | } |
| 2927 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
| 2928 | } |
| 2929 | else |
| 2930 | { |
| 2931 | /* PR 290: |
| 2932 | The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with |
| 2933 | SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or |
| 2934 | sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation |
| 2935 | where s is NULL. */ |
| 2936 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed |
| 2937 | = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 2938 | if (bed->link_order_error_handler) |
| 2939 | bed->link_order_error_handler |
| 2940 | (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), |
| 2941 | abfd, sec); |
| 2942 | } |
| 2943 | } |
| 2944 | |
| 2945 | switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type) |
| 2946 | { |
| 2947 | case SHT_REL: |
| 2948 | case SHT_RELA: |
| 2949 | /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD |
| 2950 | section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol |
| 2951 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to |
| 2952 | which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an |
| 2953 | allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table. |
| 2954 | FIXME: How can we be sure? */ |
| 2955 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); |
| 2956 | if (s != NULL) |
| 2957 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
| 2958 | |
| 2959 | /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */ |
| 2960 | name = sec->name; |
| 2961 | if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL) |
| 2962 | name += 4; |
| 2963 | else |
| 2964 | name += 5; |
| 2965 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name); |
| 2966 | if (s != NULL) |
| 2967 | d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
| 2968 | break; |
| 2969 | |
| 2970 | case SHT_STRTAB: |
| 2971 | /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs |
| 2972 | string section. We look for a section with the same name |
| 2973 | but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link |
| 2974 | field to point to this section. */ |
| 2975 | if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab") |
| 2976 | && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0) |
| 2977 | { |
| 2978 | size_t len; |
| 2979 | char *alc; |
| 2980 | |
| 2981 | len = strlen (sec->name); |
| 2982 | alc = bfd_malloc (len - 2); |
| 2983 | if (alc == NULL) |
| 2984 | return FALSE; |
| 2985 | memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3); |
| 2986 | alc[len - 3] = '\0'; |
| 2987 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc); |
| 2988 | free (alc); |
| 2989 | if (s != NULL) |
| 2990 | { |
| 2991 | elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx; |
| 2992 | |
| 2993 | /* This is a .stab section. */ |
| 2994 | if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0) |
| 2995 | elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize |
| 2996 | = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8; |
| 2997 | } |
| 2998 | } |
| 2999 | break; |
| 3000 | |
| 3001 | case SHT_DYNAMIC: |
| 3002 | case SHT_DYNSYM: |
| 3003 | case SHT_GNU_verneed: |
| 3004 | case SHT_GNU_verdef: |
| 3005 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table |
| 3006 | used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the |
| 3007 | version strings. */ |
| 3008 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr"); |
| 3009 | if (s != NULL) |
| 3010 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
| 3011 | break; |
| 3012 | |
| 3013 | case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: |
| 3014 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library |
| 3015 | list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or |
| 3016 | the version strings. */ |
| 3017 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) |
| 3018 | ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr"); |
| 3019 | if (s != NULL) |
| 3020 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
| 3021 | break; |
| 3022 | |
| 3023 | case SHT_HASH: |
| 3024 | case SHT_GNU_HASH: |
| 3025 | case SHT_GNU_versym: |
| 3026 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table |
| 3027 | this hash table or version table is for. */ |
| 3028 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); |
| 3029 | if (s != NULL) |
| 3030 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
| 3031 | break; |
| 3032 | |
| 3033 | case SHT_GROUP: |
| 3034 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section; |
| 3035 | } |
| 3036 | } |
| 3037 | |
| 3038 | for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn) |
| 3039 | if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL) |
| 3040 | i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0]; |
| 3041 | else |
| 3042 | i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd), |
| 3043 | i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name); |
| 3044 | return TRUE; |
| 3045 | } |
| 3046 | |
| 3047 | /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving |
| 3048 | all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */ |
| 3049 | |
| 3050 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3051 | sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym) |
| 3052 | { |
| 3053 | /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */ |
| 3054 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 3055 | if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) |
| 3056 | return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym); |
| 3057 | |
| 3058 | return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0 |
| 3059 | || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym)) |
| 3060 | || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym))); |
| 3061 | } |
| 3062 | |
| 3063 | /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be |
| 3064 | output. Also, don't output section symbols for reloc and other |
| 3065 | special sections. */ |
| 3066 | |
| 3067 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3068 | ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym) |
| 3069 | { |
| 3070 | return ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0 |
| 3071 | && (sym->value != 0 |
| 3072 | || (sym->section->owner != abfd |
| 3073 | && (sym->section->output_section->owner != abfd |
| 3074 | || sym->section->output_offset != 0)))); |
| 3075 | } |
| 3076 | |
| 3077 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3078 | elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd) |
| 3079 | { |
| 3080 | unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); |
| 3081 | asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); |
| 3082 | asymbol **sect_syms; |
| 3083 | unsigned int num_locals = 0; |
| 3084 | unsigned int num_globals = 0; |
| 3085 | unsigned int num_locals2 = 0; |
| 3086 | unsigned int num_globals2 = 0; |
| 3087 | int max_index = 0; |
| 3088 | unsigned int idx; |
| 3089 | asection *asect; |
| 3090 | asymbol **new_syms; |
| 3091 | |
| 3092 | #ifdef DEBUG |
| 3093 | fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n"); |
| 3094 | fflush (stderr); |
| 3095 | #endif |
| 3096 | |
| 3097 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) |
| 3098 | { |
| 3099 | if (max_index < asect->index) |
| 3100 | max_index = asect->index; |
| 3101 | } |
| 3102 | |
| 3103 | max_index++; |
| 3104 | sect_syms = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *)); |
| 3105 | if (sect_syms == NULL) |
| 3106 | return FALSE; |
| 3107 | elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms; |
| 3108 | elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index; |
| 3109 | |
| 3110 | /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already |
| 3111 | decided to output. */ |
| 3112 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
| 3113 | { |
| 3114 | asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; |
| 3115 | |
| 3116 | if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0 |
| 3117 | && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)) |
| 3118 | { |
| 3119 | asection *sec = sym->section; |
| 3120 | |
| 3121 | if (sec->owner != abfd) |
| 3122 | sec = sec->output_section; |
| 3123 | |
| 3124 | sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx]; |
| 3125 | } |
| 3126 | } |
| 3127 | |
| 3128 | /* Classify all of the symbols. */ |
| 3129 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
| 3130 | { |
| 3131 | if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx])) |
| 3132 | continue; |
| 3133 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx])) |
| 3134 | num_locals++; |
| 3135 | else |
| 3136 | num_globals++; |
| 3137 | } |
| 3138 | |
| 3139 | /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most |
| 3140 | sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but |
| 3141 | eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped |
| 3142 | at least in that case. */ |
| 3143 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) |
| 3144 | { |
| 3145 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL) |
| 3146 | { |
| 3147 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol)) |
| 3148 | num_locals++; |
| 3149 | else |
| 3150 | num_globals++; |
| 3151 | } |
| 3152 | } |
| 3153 | |
| 3154 | /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */ |
| 3155 | new_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals, sizeof (asymbol *)); |
| 3156 | |
| 3157 | if (new_syms == NULL) |
| 3158 | return FALSE; |
| 3159 | |
| 3160 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
| 3161 | { |
| 3162 | asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; |
| 3163 | unsigned int i; |
| 3164 | |
| 3165 | if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)) |
| 3166 | continue; |
| 3167 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) |
| 3168 | i = num_locals2++; |
| 3169 | else |
| 3170 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++; |
| 3171 | new_syms[i] = sym; |
| 3172 | sym->udata.i = i + 1; |
| 3173 | } |
| 3174 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) |
| 3175 | { |
| 3176 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL) |
| 3177 | { |
| 3178 | asymbol *sym = asect->symbol; |
| 3179 | unsigned int i; |
| 3180 | |
| 3181 | sect_syms[asect->index] = sym; |
| 3182 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) |
| 3183 | i = num_locals2++; |
| 3184 | else |
| 3185 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++; |
| 3186 | new_syms[i] = sym; |
| 3187 | sym->udata.i = i + 1; |
| 3188 | } |
| 3189 | } |
| 3190 | |
| 3191 | bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals); |
| 3192 | |
| 3193 | elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals; |
| 3194 | elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals; |
| 3195 | return TRUE; |
| 3196 | } |
| 3197 | |
| 3198 | /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any |
| 3199 | ELF data structure. */ |
| 3200 | |
| 3201 | static inline file_ptr |
| 3202 | align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align) |
| 3203 | { |
| 3204 | return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1); |
| 3205 | } |
| 3206 | |
| 3207 | /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the |
| 3208 | required section alignment. */ |
| 3209 | |
| 3210 | file_ptr |
| 3211 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp, |
| 3212 | file_ptr offset, |
| 3213 | bfd_boolean align) |
| 3214 | { |
| 3215 | if (align && i_shdrp->sh_addralign > 1) |
| 3216 | offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, i_shdrp->sh_addralign); |
| 3217 | i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset; |
| 3218 | if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL) |
| 3219 | i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset; |
| 3220 | if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
| 3221 | offset += i_shdrp->sh_size; |
| 3222 | return offset; |
| 3223 | } |
| 3224 | |
| 3225 | /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and |
| 3226 | otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO |
| 3227 | is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */ |
| 3228 | |
| 3229 | bfd_boolean |
| 3230 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd, |
| 3231 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
| 3232 | { |
| 3233 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 3234 | bfd_boolean failed; |
| 3235 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL; |
| 3236 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr; |
| 3237 | |
| 3238 | if (abfd->output_has_begun) |
| 3239 | return TRUE; |
| 3240 | |
| 3241 | /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */ |
| 3242 | if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) |
| 3243 | (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info); |
| 3244 | |
| 3245 | if (! prep_headers (abfd)) |
| 3246 | return FALSE; |
| 3247 | |
| 3248 | /* Post process the headers if necessary. */ |
| 3249 | if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) |
| 3250 | (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info); |
| 3251 | |
| 3252 | failed = FALSE; |
| 3253 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed); |
| 3254 | if (failed) |
| 3255 | return FALSE; |
| 3256 | |
| 3257 | if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info)) |
| 3258 | return FALSE; |
| 3259 | |
| 3260 | /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */ |
| 3261 | if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0) |
| 3262 | { |
| 3263 | /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */ |
| 3264 | int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)); |
| 3265 | |
| 3266 | if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p)) |
| 3267 | return FALSE; |
| 3268 | } |
| 3269 | |
| 3270 | if (link_info == NULL) |
| 3271 | { |
| 3272 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed); |
| 3273 | if (failed) |
| 3274 | return FALSE; |
| 3275 | } |
| 3276 | |
| 3277 | shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; |
| 3278 | /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */ |
| 3279 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; |
| 3280 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
| 3281 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
| 3282 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); |
| 3283 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
| 3284 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; |
| 3285 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; |
| 3286 | /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */ |
| 3287 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; |
| 3288 | |
| 3289 | if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info)) |
| 3290 | return FALSE; |
| 3291 | |
| 3292 | if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0) |
| 3293 | { |
| 3294 | file_ptr off; |
| 3295 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 3296 | |
| 3297 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; |
| 3298 | |
| 3299 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 3300 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); |
| 3301 | |
| 3302 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
| 3303 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0) |
| 3304 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); |
| 3305 | |
| 3306 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; |
| 3307 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); |
| 3308 | |
| 3309 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; |
| 3310 | |
| 3311 | /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it |
| 3312 | out. */ |
| 3313 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 3314 | || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab)) |
| 3315 | return FALSE; |
| 3316 | _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab); |
| 3317 | } |
| 3318 | |
| 3319 | abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE; |
| 3320 | |
| 3321 | return TRUE; |
| 3322 | } |
| 3323 | |
| 3324 | /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we |
| 3325 | get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */ |
| 3326 | |
| 3327 | static bfd_size_type |
| 3328 | get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 3329 | { |
| 3330 | size_t segs; |
| 3331 | asection *s; |
| 3332 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 3333 | |
| 3334 | /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text |
| 3335 | and one for data. */ |
| 3336 | segs = 2; |
| 3337 | |
| 3338 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); |
| 3339 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| 3340 | { |
| 3341 | /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a |
| 3342 | PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a |
| 3343 | PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all |
| 3344 | targets. */ |
| 3345 | segs += 2; |
| 3346 | } |
| 3347 | |
| 3348 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL) |
| 3349 | { |
| 3350 | /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ |
| 3351 | ++segs; |
| 3352 | } |
| 3353 | |
| 3354 | if (info->relro) |
| 3355 | { |
| 3356 | /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */ |
| 3357 | ++segs; |
| 3358 | } |
| 3359 | |
| 3360 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr) |
| 3361 | { |
| 3362 | /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */ |
| 3363 | ++segs; |
| 3364 | } |
| 3365 | |
| 3366 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags) |
| 3367 | { |
| 3368 | /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */ |
| 3369 | ++segs; |
| 3370 | } |
| 3371 | |
| 3372 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 3373 | { |
| 3374 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 |
| 3375 | && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note")) |
| 3376 | { |
| 3377 | /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */ |
| 3378 | ++segs; |
| 3379 | /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment |
| 3380 | for all adjacent loadable .note* sections. |
| 3381 | gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment |
| 3382 | (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section) |
| 3383 | each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size, |
| 3384 | so we check whether the sections are correctly |
| 3385 | aligned. */ |
| 3386 | if (s->alignment_power == 2) |
| 3387 | while (s->next != NULL |
| 3388 | && s->next->alignment_power == 2 |
| 3389 | && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 |
| 3390 | && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note")) |
| 3391 | s = s->next; |
| 3392 | } |
| 3393 | } |
| 3394 | |
| 3395 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 3396 | { |
| 3397 | if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) |
| 3398 | { |
| 3399 | /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */ |
| 3400 | ++segs; |
| 3401 | break; |
| 3402 | } |
| 3403 | } |
| 3404 | |
| 3405 | /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */ |
| 3406 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 3407 | if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) |
| 3408 | { |
| 3409 | int a; |
| 3410 | |
| 3411 | a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info); |
| 3412 | if (a == -1) |
| 3413 | abort (); |
| 3414 | segs += a; |
| 3415 | } |
| 3416 | |
| 3417 | return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 3418 | } |
| 3419 | |
| 3420 | /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */ |
| 3421 | |
| 3422 | Elf_Internal_Phdr * |
| 3423 | _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd * abfd, asection * section) |
| 3424 | { |
| 3425 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
| 3426 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; |
| 3427 | |
| 3428 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, |
| 3429 | p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; |
| 3430 | m != NULL; |
| 3431 | m = m->next, p++) |
| 3432 | { |
| 3433 | int i; |
| 3434 | |
| 3435 | for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; i--) |
| 3436 | if (m->sections[i] == section) |
| 3437 | return p; |
| 3438 | } |
| 3439 | |
| 3440 | return NULL; |
| 3441 | } |
| 3442 | |
| 3443 | /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */ |
| 3444 | |
| 3445 | static struct elf_segment_map * |
| 3446 | make_mapping (bfd *abfd, |
| 3447 | asection **sections, |
| 3448 | unsigned int from, |
| 3449 | unsigned int to, |
| 3450 | bfd_boolean phdr) |
| 3451 | { |
| 3452 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
| 3453 | unsigned int i; |
| 3454 | asection **hdrpp; |
| 3455 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 3456 | |
| 3457 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 3458 | amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
| 3459 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3460 | if (m == NULL) |
| 3461 | return NULL; |
| 3462 | m->next = NULL; |
| 3463 | m->p_type = PT_LOAD; |
| 3464 | for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++) |
| 3465 | m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp; |
| 3466 | m->count = to - from; |
| 3467 | |
| 3468 | if (from == 0 && phdr) |
| 3469 | { |
| 3470 | /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */ |
| 3471 | m->includes_filehdr = 1; |
| 3472 | m->includes_phdrs = 1; |
| 3473 | } |
| 3474 | |
| 3475 | return m; |
| 3476 | } |
| 3477 | |
| 3478 | /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL |
| 3479 | on failure. */ |
| 3480 | |
| 3481 | struct elf_segment_map * |
| 3482 | _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec) |
| 3483 | { |
| 3484 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
| 3485 | |
| 3486 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)); |
| 3487 | if (m == NULL) |
| 3488 | return NULL; |
| 3489 | m->next = NULL; |
| 3490 | m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC; |
| 3491 | m->count = 1; |
| 3492 | m->sections[0] = dynsec; |
| 3493 | |
| 3494 | return m; |
| 3495 | } |
| 3496 | |
| 3497 | /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */ |
| 3498 | |
| 3499 | static bfd_boolean |
| 3500 | elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd, |
| 3501 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 3502 | bfd_boolean remove_empty_load) |
| 3503 | { |
| 3504 | struct elf_segment_map **m; |
| 3505 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 3506 | |
| 3507 | /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are |
| 3508 | not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such |
| 3509 | sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded |
| 3510 | sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is |
| 3511 | removed. */ |
| 3512 | m = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; |
| 3513 | while (*m) |
| 3514 | { |
| 3515 | unsigned int i, new_count; |
| 3516 | |
| 3517 | for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++) |
| 3518 | { |
| 3519 | if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 |
| 3520 | && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
| 3521 | || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD)) |
| 3522 | { |
| 3523 | (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i]; |
| 3524 | new_count++; |
| 3525 | } |
| 3526 | } |
| 3527 | (*m)->count = new_count; |
| 3528 | |
| 3529 | if (remove_empty_load && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0) |
| 3530 | *m = (*m)->next; |
| 3531 | else |
| 3532 | m = &(*m)->next; |
| 3533 | } |
| 3534 | |
| 3535 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 3536 | if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL) |
| 3537 | { |
| 3538 | if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info)) |
| 3539 | return FALSE; |
| 3540 | } |
| 3541 | |
| 3542 | return TRUE; |
| 3543 | } |
| 3544 | |
| 3545 | /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */ |
| 3546 | |
| 3547 | bfd_boolean |
| 3548 | _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 3549 | { |
| 3550 | unsigned int count; |
| 3551 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
| 3552 | asection **sections = NULL; |
| 3553 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 3554 | bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs; |
| 3555 | |
| 3556 | no_user_phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL; |
| 3557 | if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0) |
| 3558 | { |
| 3559 | asection *s; |
| 3560 | unsigned int i; |
| 3561 | struct elf_segment_map *mfirst; |
| 3562 | struct elf_segment_map **pm; |
| 3563 | asection *last_hdr; |
| 3564 | bfd_vma last_size; |
| 3565 | unsigned int phdr_index; |
| 3566 | bfd_vma maxpagesize; |
| 3567 | asection **hdrpp; |
| 3568 | bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE; |
| 3569 | bfd_boolean writable; |
| 3570 | int tls_count = 0; |
| 3571 | asection *first_tls = NULL; |
| 3572 | asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr; |
| 3573 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 3574 | |
| 3575 | /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */ |
| 3576 | |
| 3577 | sections = bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd), sizeof (asection *)); |
| 3578 | if (sections == NULL) |
| 3579 | goto error_return; |
| 3580 | |
| 3581 | i = 0; |
| 3582 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 3583 | { |
| 3584 | if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 3585 | { |
| 3586 | sections[i] = s; |
| 3587 | ++i; |
| 3588 | } |
| 3589 | } |
| 3590 | BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd)); |
| 3591 | count = i; |
| 3592 | |
| 3593 | qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections); |
| 3594 | |
| 3595 | /* Build the mapping. */ |
| 3596 | |
| 3597 | mfirst = NULL; |
| 3598 | pm = &mfirst; |
| 3599 | |
| 3600 | /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for |
| 3601 | the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp |
| 3602 | section. */ |
| 3603 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); |
| 3604 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| 3605 | { |
| 3606 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 3607 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3608 | if (m == NULL) |
| 3609 | goto error_return; |
| 3610 | m->next = NULL; |
| 3611 | m->p_type = PT_PHDR; |
| 3612 | /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */ |
| 3613 | m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X; |
| 3614 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| 3615 | m->includes_phdrs = 1; |
| 3616 | |
| 3617 | *pm = m; |
| 3618 | pm = &m->next; |
| 3619 | |
| 3620 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 3621 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3622 | if (m == NULL) |
| 3623 | goto error_return; |
| 3624 | m->next = NULL; |
| 3625 | m->p_type = PT_INTERP; |
| 3626 | m->count = 1; |
| 3627 | m->sections[0] = s; |
| 3628 | |
| 3629 | *pm = m; |
| 3630 | pm = &m->next; |
| 3631 | } |
| 3632 | |
| 3633 | /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program |
| 3634 | segment when the start of the second section can be placed within |
| 3635 | a few bytes of the end of the first section. */ |
| 3636 | last_hdr = NULL; |
| 3637 | last_size = 0; |
| 3638 | phdr_index = 0; |
| 3639 | maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize; |
| 3640 | writable = FALSE; |
| 3641 | dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); |
| 3642 | if (dynsec != NULL |
| 3643 | && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0) |
| 3644 | dynsec = NULL; |
| 3645 | |
| 3646 | /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section |
| 3647 | is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an |
| 3648 | approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many |
| 3649 | program headers we will need. */ |
| 3650 | if (count > 0) |
| 3651 | { |
| 3652 | bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size; |
| 3653 | |
| 3654 | if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1) |
| 3655 | phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info); |
| 3656 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0 |
| 3657 | || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size |
| 3658 | || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize) |
| 3659 | phdr_in_segment = FALSE; |
| 3660 | } |
| 3661 | |
| 3662 | for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++) |
| 3663 | { |
| 3664 | asection *hdr; |
| 3665 | bfd_boolean new_segment; |
| 3666 | |
| 3667 | hdr = *hdrpp; |
| 3668 | |
| 3669 | /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same |
| 3670 | segment. */ |
| 3671 | |
| 3672 | if (last_hdr == NULL) |
| 3673 | { |
| 3674 | /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new |
| 3675 | one (we build the last one after this loop). */ |
| 3676 | new_segment = FALSE; |
| 3677 | } |
| 3678 | else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma) |
| 3679 | { |
| 3680 | /* If this section has a different relation between the |
| 3681 | virtual address and the load address, then we need a new |
| 3682 | segment. */ |
| 3683 | new_segment = TRUE; |
| 3684 | } |
| 3685 | else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) |
| 3686 | < BFD_ALIGN (hdr->lma, maxpagesize)) |
| 3687 | { |
| 3688 | /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to |
| 3689 | skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */ |
| 3690 | new_segment = TRUE; |
| 3691 | } |
| 3692 | else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0 |
| 3693 | && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0) |
| 3694 | { |
| 3695 | /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a |
| 3696 | nonloadable section in the same segment. |
| 3697 | Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */ |
| 3698 | new_segment = TRUE; |
| 3699 | } |
| 3700 | else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0) |
| 3701 | { |
| 3702 | /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we |
| 3703 | don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the |
| 3704 | file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */ |
| 3705 | new_segment = FALSE; |
| 3706 | } |
| 3707 | else if (! writable |
| 3708 | && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0 |
| 3709 | && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) |
| 3710 | & ~(maxpagesize - 1)) |
| 3711 | != (hdr->lma & ~(maxpagesize - 1)))) |
| 3712 | { |
| 3713 | /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only |
| 3714 | segment, unless they are on the same page in memory |
| 3715 | anyhow. We already know that the last section does not |
| 3716 | bring us past the current section on the page, so the |
| 3717 | only case in which the new section is not on the same |
| 3718 | page as the previous section is when the previous section |
| 3719 | ends precisely on a page boundary. */ |
| 3720 | new_segment = TRUE; |
| 3721 | } |
| 3722 | else |
| 3723 | { |
| 3724 | /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */ |
| 3725 | new_segment = FALSE; |
| 3726 | } |
| 3727 | |
| 3728 | /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */ |
| 3729 | if (last_hdr && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment) |
| 3730 | new_segment = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr, last_hdr, new_segment); |
| 3731 | |
| 3732 | if (! new_segment) |
| 3733 | { |
| 3734 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) |
| 3735 | writable = TRUE; |
| 3736 | last_hdr = hdr; |
| 3737 | /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */ |
| 3738 | if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) |
| 3739 | != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) |
| 3740 | last_size = hdr->size; |
| 3741 | else |
| 3742 | last_size = 0; |
| 3743 | continue; |
| 3744 | } |
| 3745 | |
| 3746 | /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program |
| 3747 | header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */ |
| 3748 | |
| 3749 | m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); |
| 3750 | if (m == NULL) |
| 3751 | goto error_return; |
| 3752 | |
| 3753 | *pm = m; |
| 3754 | pm = &m->next; |
| 3755 | |
| 3756 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) |
| 3757 | writable = TRUE; |
| 3758 | else |
| 3759 | writable = FALSE; |
| 3760 | |
| 3761 | last_hdr = hdr; |
| 3762 | /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */ |
| 3763 | if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) |
| 3764 | last_size = hdr->size; |
| 3765 | else |
| 3766 | last_size = 0; |
| 3767 | phdr_index = i; |
| 3768 | phdr_in_segment = FALSE; |
| 3769 | } |
| 3770 | |
| 3771 | /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */ |
| 3772 | if (last_hdr != NULL) |
| 3773 | { |
| 3774 | m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); |
| 3775 | if (m == NULL) |
| 3776 | goto error_return; |
| 3777 | |
| 3778 | *pm = m; |
| 3779 | pm = &m->next; |
| 3780 | } |
| 3781 | |
| 3782 | /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ |
| 3783 | if (dynsec != NULL) |
| 3784 | { |
| 3785 | m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec); |
| 3786 | if (m == NULL) |
| 3787 | goto error_return; |
| 3788 | *pm = m; |
| 3789 | pm = &m->next; |
| 3790 | } |
| 3791 | |
| 3792 | /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections, |
| 3793 | add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name, |
| 3794 | because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and |
| 3795 | loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections |
| 3796 | in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is |
| 3797 | bogus anyhow. */ |
| 3798 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 3799 | { |
| 3800 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 |
| 3801 | && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note")) |
| 3802 | { |
| 3803 | asection *s2; |
| 3804 | unsigned count = 1; |
| 3805 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 3806 | if (s->alignment_power == 2) |
| 3807 | for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next) |
| 3808 | { |
| 3809 | if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2 |
| 3810 | && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 |
| 3811 | && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note") |
| 3812 | && align_power (s2->vma + s2->size, 2) |
| 3813 | == s2->next->vma) |
| 3814 | count++; |
| 3815 | else |
| 3816 | break; |
| 3817 | } |
| 3818 | amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
| 3819 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3820 | if (m == NULL) |
| 3821 | goto error_return; |
| 3822 | m->next = NULL; |
| 3823 | m->p_type = PT_NOTE; |
| 3824 | m->count = count; |
| 3825 | while (count > 1) |
| 3826 | { |
| 3827 | m->sections[m->count - count--] = s; |
| 3828 | BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0); |
| 3829 | s = s->next; |
| 3830 | } |
| 3831 | m->sections[m->count - 1] = s; |
| 3832 | BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0); |
| 3833 | *pm = m; |
| 3834 | pm = &m->next; |
| 3835 | } |
| 3836 | if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) |
| 3837 | { |
| 3838 | if (! tls_count) |
| 3839 | first_tls = s; |
| 3840 | tls_count++; |
| 3841 | } |
| 3842 | } |
| 3843 | |
| 3844 | /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */ |
| 3845 | if (tls_count > 0) |
| 3846 | { |
| 3847 | int i; |
| 3848 | |
| 3849 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 3850 | amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
| 3851 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3852 | if (m == NULL) |
| 3853 | goto error_return; |
| 3854 | m->next = NULL; |
| 3855 | m->p_type = PT_TLS; |
| 3856 | m->count = tls_count; |
| 3857 | /* Mandated PF_R. */ |
| 3858 | m->p_flags = PF_R; |
| 3859 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| 3860 | for (i = 0; i < tls_count; ++i) |
| 3861 | { |
| 3862 | BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL); |
| 3863 | m->sections[i] = first_tls; |
| 3864 | first_tls = first_tls->next; |
| 3865 | } |
| 3866 | |
| 3867 | *pm = m; |
| 3868 | pm = &m->next; |
| 3869 | } |
| 3870 | |
| 3871 | /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME |
| 3872 | segment. */ |
| 3873 | eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr; |
| 3874 | if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL |
| 3875 | && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
| 3876 | { |
| 3877 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 3878 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3879 | if (m == NULL) |
| 3880 | goto error_return; |
| 3881 | m->next = NULL; |
| 3882 | m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME; |
| 3883 | m->count = 1; |
| 3884 | m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section; |
| 3885 | |
| 3886 | *pm = m; |
| 3887 | pm = &m->next; |
| 3888 | } |
| 3889 | |
| 3890 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags) |
| 3891 | { |
| 3892 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 3893 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3894 | if (m == NULL) |
| 3895 | goto error_return; |
| 3896 | m->next = NULL; |
| 3897 | m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK; |
| 3898 | m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags; |
| 3899 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| 3900 | |
| 3901 | *pm = m; |
| 3902 | pm = &m->next; |
| 3903 | } |
| 3904 | |
| 3905 | if (info->relro) |
| 3906 | { |
| 3907 | for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next) |
| 3908 | { |
| 3909 | if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD) |
| 3910 | { |
| 3911 | asection *last = m->sections[m->count - 1]; |
| 3912 | bfd_vma vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma; |
| 3913 | bfd_vma filesz = last->vma - vaddr + last->size; |
| 3914 | |
| 3915 | if (vaddr < info->relro_end |
| 3916 | && vaddr >= info->relro_start |
| 3917 | && (vaddr + filesz) >= info->relro_end) |
| 3918 | break; |
| 3919 | } |
| 3920 | } |
| 3921 | |
| 3922 | /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */ |
| 3923 | if (m != NULL) |
| 3924 | { |
| 3925 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 3926 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 3927 | if (m == NULL) |
| 3928 | goto error_return; |
| 3929 | m->next = NULL; |
| 3930 | m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO; |
| 3931 | m->p_flags = PF_R; |
| 3932 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| 3933 | |
| 3934 | *pm = m; |
| 3935 | pm = &m->next; |
| 3936 | } |
| 3937 | } |
| 3938 | |
| 3939 | free (sections); |
| 3940 | elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst; |
| 3941 | } |
| 3942 | |
| 3943 | if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs)) |
| 3944 | return FALSE; |
| 3945 | |
| 3946 | for (count = 0, m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) |
| 3947 | ++count; |
| 3948 | elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 3949 | |
| 3950 | return TRUE; |
| 3951 | |
| 3952 | error_return: |
| 3953 | if (sections != NULL) |
| 3954 | free (sections); |
| 3955 | return FALSE; |
| 3956 | } |
| 3957 | |
| 3958 | /* Sort sections by address. */ |
| 3959 | |
| 3960 | static int |
| 3961 | elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2) |
| 3962 | { |
| 3963 | const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1; |
| 3964 | const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2; |
| 3965 | bfd_size_type size1, size2; |
| 3966 | |
| 3967 | /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to |
| 3968 | place the section into a segment. */ |
| 3969 | if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma) |
| 3970 | return -1; |
| 3971 | else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma) |
| 3972 | return 1; |
| 3973 | |
| 3974 | /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be |
| 3975 | the same, and this will do nothing. */ |
| 3976 | if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma) |
| 3977 | return -1; |
| 3978 | else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma) |
| 3979 | return 1; |
| 3980 | |
| 3981 | /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */ |
| 3982 | |
| 3983 | #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0) |
| 3984 | |
| 3985 | if (TOEND (sec1)) |
| 3986 | { |
| 3987 | if (TOEND (sec2)) |
| 3988 | { |
| 3989 | /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0 |
| 3990 | here, but continue to try the next comparison. */ |
| 3991 | if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0) |
| 3992 | return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; |
| 3993 | } |
| 3994 | else |
| 3995 | return 1; |
| 3996 | } |
| 3997 | else if (TOEND (sec2)) |
| 3998 | return -1; |
| 3999 | |
| 4000 | #undef TOEND |
| 4001 | |
| 4002 | /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections |
| 4003 | before others at the same address. */ |
| 4004 | |
| 4005 | size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0; |
| 4006 | size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0; |
| 4007 | |
| 4008 | if (size1 < size2) |
| 4009 | return -1; |
| 4010 | if (size1 > size2) |
| 4011 | return 1; |
| 4012 | |
| 4013 | return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; |
| 4014 | } |
| 4015 | |
| 4016 | /* Ian Lance Taylor writes: |
| 4017 | |
| 4018 | We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just |
| 4019 | not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not |
| 4020 | negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types |
| 4021 | are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a |
| 4022 | larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long, |
| 4023 | which is wrong. |
| 4024 | |
| 4025 | What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by |
| 4026 | the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo |
| 4027 | the page size.'' */ |
| 4028 | /* In other words, something like: |
| 4029 | |
| 4030 | vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize; |
| 4031 | off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize; |
| 4032 | if (vma_offset < off_offset) |
| 4033 | adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset; |
| 4034 | else |
| 4035 | adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset; |
| 4036 | |
| 4037 | which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */ |
| 4038 | |
| 4039 | static file_ptr |
| 4040 | vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize) |
| 4041 | { |
| 4042 | return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize); |
| 4043 | } |
| 4044 | |
| 4045 | static void |
| 4046 | print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m) |
| 4047 | { |
| 4048 | unsigned int j; |
| 4049 | const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type); |
| 4050 | char buf[32]; |
| 4051 | |
| 4052 | if (pt == NULL) |
| 4053 | { |
| 4054 | if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC) |
| 4055 | sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x", |
| 4056 | (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC)); |
| 4057 | else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS) |
| 4058 | sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x", |
| 4059 | (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS)); |
| 4060 | else |
| 4061 | snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x", |
| 4062 | (unsigned int) m->p_type); |
| 4063 | pt = buf; |
| 4064 | } |
| 4065 | fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt); |
| 4066 | for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++) |
| 4067 | fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name); |
| 4068 | putc ('\n',stderr); |
| 4069 | } |
| 4070 | |
| 4071 | /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from |
| 4072 | sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in |
| 4073 | the file header. */ |
| 4074 | |
| 4075 | static bfd_boolean |
| 4076 | assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd, |
| 4077 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
| 4078 | { |
| 4079 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 4080 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
| 4081 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs; |
| 4082 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; |
| 4083 | file_ptr off; |
| 4084 | bfd_size_type maxpagesize; |
| 4085 | unsigned int alloc; |
| 4086 | unsigned int i, j; |
| 4087 | |
| 4088 | if (link_info == NULL |
| 4089 | && !elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, link_info, FALSE)) |
| 4090 | return FALSE; |
| 4091 | |
| 4092 | alloc = 0; |
| 4093 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) |
| 4094 | ++alloc; |
| 4095 | |
| 4096 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 4097 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 4098 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc; |
| 4099 | |
| 4100 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size == (bfd_size_type) -1) |
| 4101 | elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 4102 | else |
| 4103 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size |
| 4104 | >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr); |
| 4105 | |
| 4106 | if (alloc == 0) |
| 4107 | { |
| 4108 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 4109 | return TRUE; |
| 4110 | } |
| 4111 | |
| 4112 | phdrs = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, alloc, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)); |
| 4113 | elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs; |
| 4114 | if (phdrs == NULL) |
| 4115 | return FALSE; |
| 4116 | |
| 4117 | maxpagesize = 1; |
| 4118 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) |
| 4119 | maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize; |
| 4120 | |
| 4121 | off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 4122 | off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 4123 | |
| 4124 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs, j = 0; |
| 4125 | m != NULL; |
| 4126 | m = m->next, p++, j++) |
| 4127 | { |
| 4128 | asection **secpp; |
| 4129 | bfd_vma off_adjust; |
| 4130 | bfd_boolean no_contents; |
| 4131 | |
| 4132 | /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the |
| 4133 | sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should |
| 4134 | not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may |
| 4135 | contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd. |
| 4136 | Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */ |
| 4137 | if (m->count > 1 |
| 4138 | && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE |
| 4139 | && m->p_type == PT_NOTE)) |
| 4140 | qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *), |
| 4141 | elf_sort_sections); |
| 4142 | |
| 4143 | /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a |
| 4144 | number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz |
| 4145 | and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents |
| 4146 | that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next |
| 4147 | available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */ |
| 4148 | p->p_type = m->p_type; |
| 4149 | p->p_flags = m->p_flags; |
| 4150 | |
| 4151 | if (m->count == 0) |
| 4152 | p->p_vaddr = 0; |
| 4153 | else |
| 4154 | p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset; |
| 4155 | |
| 4156 | if (m->p_paddr_valid) |
| 4157 | p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr; |
| 4158 | else if (m->count == 0) |
| 4159 | p->p_paddr = 0; |
| 4160 | else |
| 4161 | p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset; |
| 4162 | |
| 4163 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD |
| 4164 | && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) |
| 4165 | { |
| 4166 | /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores |
| 4167 | the maximum page size. When copying an executable with |
| 4168 | objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this |
| 4169 | value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which |
| 4170 | may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS |
| 4171 | segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying |
| 4172 | on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS |
| 4173 | segment. */ |
| 4174 | if (m->p_align_valid) |
| 4175 | maxpagesize = m->p_align; |
| 4176 | |
| 4177 | p->p_align = maxpagesize; |
| 4178 | } |
| 4179 | else if (m->p_align_valid) |
| 4180 | p->p_align = m->p_align; |
| 4181 | else if (m->count == 0) |
| 4182 | p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; |
| 4183 | else |
| 4184 | p->p_align = 0; |
| 4185 | |
| 4186 | no_contents = FALSE; |
| 4187 | off_adjust = 0; |
| 4188 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD |
| 4189 | && m->count > 0) |
| 4190 | { |
| 4191 | bfd_size_type align; |
| 4192 | unsigned int align_power = 0; |
| 4193 | |
| 4194 | if (m->p_align_valid) |
| 4195 | align = p->p_align; |
| 4196 | else |
| 4197 | { |
| 4198 | for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) |
| 4199 | { |
| 4200 | unsigned int secalign; |
| 4201 | |
| 4202 | secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp); |
| 4203 | if (secalign > align_power) |
| 4204 | align_power = secalign; |
| 4205 | } |
| 4206 | align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power; |
| 4207 | if (align < maxpagesize) |
| 4208 | align = maxpagesize; |
| 4209 | } |
| 4210 | |
| 4211 | for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) |
| 4212 | if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0) |
| 4213 | /* If we aren't making room for this section, then |
| 4214 | it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've |
| 4215 | set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */ |
| 4216 | elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS; |
| 4217 | |
| 4218 | /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable |
| 4219 | sections. If the first section isn't loadable, the same |
| 4220 | holds for any other sections. */ |
| 4221 | i = 0; |
| 4222 | while (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) == SHT_NOBITS) |
| 4223 | { |
| 4224 | /* If a segment starts with .tbss, we need to look |
| 4225 | at the next section to decide whether the segment |
| 4226 | has any loadable sections. */ |
| 4227 | if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[i]) & SHF_TLS) == 0 |
| 4228 | || ++i >= m->count) |
| 4229 | { |
| 4230 | no_contents = TRUE; |
| 4231 | break; |
| 4232 | } |
| 4233 | } |
| 4234 | |
| 4235 | off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (m->sections[0]->vma, off, align); |
| 4236 | off += off_adjust; |
| 4237 | if (no_contents) |
| 4238 | { |
| 4239 | /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since |
| 4240 | the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI |
| 4241 | arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so |
| 4242 | checks it. So to comply with the alignment |
| 4243 | requirement but not waste file space, we adjust |
| 4244 | p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is |
| 4245 | subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset |
| 4246 | past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */ |
| 4247 | } |
| 4248 | else |
| 4249 | off_adjust = 0; |
| 4250 | } |
| 4251 | /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the |
| 4252 | PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ |
| 4253 | else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC |
| 4254 | && m->count > 1 |
| 4255 | && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0) |
| 4256 | { |
| 4257 | _bfd_error_handler |
| 4258 | (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"), |
| 4259 | abfd); |
| 4260 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 4261 | return FALSE; |
| 4262 | } |
| 4263 | /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */ |
| 4264 | else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE) |
| 4265 | for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) |
| 4266 | elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOTE; |
| 4267 | |
| 4268 | p->p_offset = 0; |
| 4269 | p->p_filesz = 0; |
| 4270 | p->p_memsz = 0; |
| 4271 | |
| 4272 | if (m->includes_filehdr) |
| 4273 | { |
| 4274 | if (!m->p_flags_valid) |
| 4275 | p->p_flags |= PF_R; |
| 4276 | p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 4277 | p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 4278 | if (m->count > 0) |
| 4279 | { |
| 4280 | BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD); |
| 4281 | |
| 4282 | if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off) |
| 4283 | { |
| 4284 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 4285 | (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"), |
| 4286 | abfd); |
| 4287 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 4288 | return FALSE; |
| 4289 | } |
| 4290 | |
| 4291 | p->p_vaddr -= off; |
| 4292 | if (!m->p_paddr_valid) |
| 4293 | p->p_paddr -= off; |
| 4294 | } |
| 4295 | } |
| 4296 | |
| 4297 | if (m->includes_phdrs) |
| 4298 | { |
| 4299 | if (!m->p_flags_valid) |
| 4300 | p->p_flags |= PF_R; |
| 4301 | |
| 4302 | if (!m->includes_filehdr) |
| 4303 | { |
| 4304 | p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 4305 | |
| 4306 | if (m->count > 0) |
| 4307 | { |
| 4308 | BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD); |
| 4309 | p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset; |
| 4310 | if (!m->p_paddr_valid) |
| 4311 | p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset; |
| 4312 | } |
| 4313 | } |
| 4314 | |
| 4315 | p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 4316 | p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 4317 | } |
| 4318 | |
| 4319 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD |
| 4320 | || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)) |
| 4321 | { |
| 4322 | if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs) |
| 4323 | p->p_offset = off; |
| 4324 | else |
| 4325 | { |
| 4326 | file_ptr adjust; |
| 4327 | |
| 4328 | adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz); |
| 4329 | if (!no_contents) |
| 4330 | p->p_filesz += adjust; |
| 4331 | p->p_memsz += adjust; |
| 4332 | } |
| 4333 | } |
| 4334 | |
| 4335 | /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section |
| 4336 | maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in |
| 4337 | core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments. |
| 4338 | assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos |
| 4339 | for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */ |
| 4340 | for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) |
| 4341 | { |
| 4342 | asection *sec; |
| 4343 | bfd_size_type align; |
| 4344 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; |
| 4345 | |
| 4346 | sec = *secpp; |
| 4347 | this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr; |
| 4348 | align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec); |
| 4349 | |
| 4350 | if ((p->p_type == PT_LOAD |
| 4351 | || p->p_type == PT_TLS) |
| 4352 | && (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS |
| 4353 | || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0 |
| 4354 | && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0 |
| 4355 | || p->p_type == PT_TLS)))) |
| 4356 | { |
| 4357 | bfd_signed_vma adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz); |
| 4358 | |
| 4359 | if (adjust < 0) |
| 4360 | { |
| 4361 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 4362 | (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"), |
| 4363 | abfd, sec, (unsigned long) sec->lma); |
| 4364 | adjust = 0; |
| 4365 | } |
| 4366 | p->p_memsz += adjust; |
| 4367 | |
| 4368 | if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
| 4369 | { |
| 4370 | off += adjust; |
| 4371 | p->p_filesz += adjust; |
| 4372 | } |
| 4373 | } |
| 4374 | |
| 4375 | if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) |
| 4376 | { |
| 4377 | /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains |
| 4378 | everything. */ |
| 4379 | if (i == 0) |
| 4380 | { |
| 4381 | this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off; |
| 4382 | off += this_hdr->sh_size; |
| 4383 | p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size; |
| 4384 | p->p_memsz = 0; |
| 4385 | p->p_align = 1; |
| 4386 | } |
| 4387 | else |
| 4388 | { |
| 4389 | /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */ |
| 4390 | sec->filepos = 0; |
| 4391 | sec->size = 0; |
| 4392 | sec->flags = 0; |
| 4393 | continue; |
| 4394 | } |
| 4395 | } |
| 4396 | else |
| 4397 | { |
| 4398 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD) |
| 4399 | { |
| 4400 | this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off; |
| 4401 | if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
| 4402 | off += this_hdr->sh_size; |
| 4403 | } |
| 4404 | |
| 4405 | if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
| 4406 | { |
| 4407 | p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size; |
| 4408 | /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like |
| 4409 | a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take |
| 4410 | file space but are not loaded into memory. */ |
| 4411 | if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 4412 | p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size; |
| 4413 | } |
| 4414 | else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 4415 | { |
| 4416 | if (p->p_type == PT_TLS) |
| 4417 | p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size; |
| 4418 | |
| 4419 | /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of |
| 4420 | normal segments. */ |
| 4421 | else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0) |
| 4422 | p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size; |
| 4423 | } |
| 4424 | |
| 4425 | if (align > p->p_align |
| 4426 | && !m->p_align_valid |
| 4427 | && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD |
| 4428 | || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)) |
| 4429 | p->p_align = align; |
| 4430 | } |
| 4431 | |
| 4432 | if (!m->p_flags_valid) |
| 4433 | { |
| 4434 | p->p_flags |= PF_R; |
| 4435 | if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0) |
| 4436 | p->p_flags |= PF_X; |
| 4437 | if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0) |
| 4438 | p->p_flags |= PF_W; |
| 4439 | } |
| 4440 | } |
| 4441 | off -= off_adjust; |
| 4442 | |
| 4443 | /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment. |
| 4444 | Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */ |
| 4445 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core) |
| 4446 | for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) |
| 4447 | { |
| 4448 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; |
| 4449 | asection *sec; |
| 4450 | |
| 4451 | sec = *secpp; |
| 4452 | this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr); |
| 4453 | if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0 |
| 4454 | && !ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, p)) |
| 4455 | { |
| 4456 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 4457 | (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"), |
| 4458 | abfd, sec, j); |
| 4459 | print_segment_map (m); |
| 4460 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 4461 | return FALSE; |
| 4462 | } |
| 4463 | } |
| 4464 | } |
| 4465 | |
| 4466 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; |
| 4467 | return TRUE; |
| 4468 | } |
| 4469 | |
| 4470 | /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */ |
| 4471 | |
| 4472 | static bfd_boolean |
| 4473 | assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd, |
| 4474 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
| 4475 | { |
| 4476 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 4477 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp; |
| 4478 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; |
| 4479 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs; |
| 4480 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; |
| 4481 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
| 4482 | bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr; |
| 4483 | bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr; |
| 4484 | file_ptr off; |
| 4485 | unsigned int num_sec; |
| 4486 | unsigned int i; |
| 4487 | unsigned int count; |
| 4488 | |
| 4489 | i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
| 4490 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
| 4491 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; |
| 4492 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++) |
| 4493 | { |
| 4494 | struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd); |
| 4495 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 4496 | |
| 4497 | hdr = *hdrpp; |
| 4498 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL |
| 4499 | && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0 |
| 4500 | || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS |
| 4501 | && hdr->contents == NULL))) |
| 4502 | BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos); |
| 4503 | else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) |
| 4504 | { |
| 4505 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0) |
| 4506 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 4507 | (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"), |
| 4508 | abfd, |
| 4509 | (hdr->bfd_section == NULL |
| 4510 | ? "*unknown*" |
| 4511 | : hdr->bfd_section->name))); |
| 4512 | /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */ |
| 4513 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0) |
| 4514 | off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off, |
| 4515 | bed->maxpagesize); |
| 4516 | else |
| 4517 | off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off, |
| 4518 | hdr->sh_addralign); |
| 4519 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, |
| 4520 | FALSE); |
| 4521 | } |
| 4522 | else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) |
| 4523 | && hdr->bfd_section == NULL) |
| 4524 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section] |
| 4525 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section] |
| 4526 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section]) |
| 4527 | hdr->sh_offset = -1; |
| 4528 | else |
| 4529 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); |
| 4530 | } |
| 4531 | |
| 4532 | /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up |
| 4533 | the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */ |
| 4534 | count = 0; |
| 4535 | filehdr_vaddr = 0; |
| 4536 | filehdr_paddr = 0; |
| 4537 | phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 4538 | phdrs_paddr = 0; |
| 4539 | phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; |
| 4540 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs; |
| 4541 | m != NULL; |
| 4542 | m = m->next, p++) |
| 4543 | { |
| 4544 | ++count; |
| 4545 | if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD) |
| 4546 | continue; |
| 4547 | |
| 4548 | if (m->includes_filehdr) |
| 4549 | { |
| 4550 | filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; |
| 4551 | filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr; |
| 4552 | } |
| 4553 | if (m->includes_phdrs) |
| 4554 | { |
| 4555 | phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; |
| 4556 | phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr; |
| 4557 | if (m->includes_filehdr) |
| 4558 | { |
| 4559 | phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 4560 | phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 4561 | } |
| 4562 | } |
| 4563 | } |
| 4564 | |
| 4565 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs; |
| 4566 | m != NULL; |
| 4567 | m = m->next, p++) |
| 4568 | { |
| 4569 | if (m->count != 0) |
| 4570 | { |
| 4571 | if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD |
| 4572 | && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE |
| 4573 | || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)) |
| 4574 | { |
| 4575 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 4576 | asection *sect; |
| 4577 | |
| 4578 | BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs); |
| 4579 | |
| 4580 | sect = m->sections[m->count - 1]; |
| 4581 | hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr; |
| 4582 | p->p_filesz = sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos; |
| 4583 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
| 4584 | p->p_filesz += hdr->sh_size; |
| 4585 | |
| 4586 | if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO) |
| 4587 | { |
| 4588 | /* When we get here, we are copying executable |
| 4589 | or shared library. But we need to use the same |
| 4590 | linker logic. */ |
| 4591 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp; |
| 4592 | |
| 4593 | for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp) |
| 4594 | { |
| 4595 | if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD |
| 4596 | && lp->p_paddr == p->p_paddr) |
| 4597 | break; |
| 4598 | } |
| 4599 | |
| 4600 | if (lp < phdrs + count) |
| 4601 | { |
| 4602 | /* We should use p_size if it is valid since it |
| 4603 | may contain the first few bytes of the next |
| 4604 | SEC_ALLOC section. */ |
| 4605 | if (m->p_size_valid) |
| 4606 | p->p_filesz = m->p_size; |
| 4607 | else |
| 4608 | abort (); |
| 4609 | p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr; |
| 4610 | p->p_offset = lp->p_offset; |
| 4611 | p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz; |
| 4612 | p->p_align = 1; |
| 4613 | } |
| 4614 | else |
| 4615 | abort (); |
| 4616 | } |
| 4617 | else |
| 4618 | p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos; |
| 4619 | } |
| 4620 | } |
| 4621 | else |
| 4622 | { |
| 4623 | if (m->includes_filehdr) |
| 4624 | { |
| 4625 | p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr; |
| 4626 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) |
| 4627 | p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr; |
| 4628 | } |
| 4629 | else if (m->includes_phdrs) |
| 4630 | { |
| 4631 | p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr; |
| 4632 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) |
| 4633 | p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr; |
| 4634 | } |
| 4635 | else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO) |
| 4636 | { |
| 4637 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp; |
| 4638 | |
| 4639 | for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp) |
| 4640 | { |
| 4641 | if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD |
| 4642 | && lp->p_vaddr <= link_info->relro_end |
| 4643 | && lp->p_vaddr >= link_info->relro_start |
| 4644 | && (lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz |
| 4645 | >= link_info->relro_end)) |
| 4646 | break; |
| 4647 | } |
| 4648 | |
| 4649 | if (lp < phdrs + count |
| 4650 | && link_info->relro_end > lp->p_vaddr) |
| 4651 | { |
| 4652 | p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr; |
| 4653 | p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr; |
| 4654 | p->p_offset = lp->p_offset; |
| 4655 | p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr; |
| 4656 | p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz; |
| 4657 | p->p_align = 1; |
| 4658 | p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W); |
| 4659 | } |
| 4660 | else |
| 4661 | { |
| 4662 | memset (p, 0, sizeof *p); |
| 4663 | p->p_type = PT_NULL; |
| 4664 | } |
| 4665 | } |
| 4666 | } |
| 4667 | } |
| 4668 | |
| 4669 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; |
| 4670 | |
| 4671 | return TRUE; |
| 4672 | } |
| 4673 | |
| 4674 | /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by |
| 4675 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and |
| 4676 | VMAs must be known before this is called. |
| 4677 | |
| 4678 | Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as |
| 4679 | "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and |
| 4680 | those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are |
| 4681 | stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't |
| 4682 | consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable |
| 4683 | image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by |
| 4684 | assign_file_positions_for_relocs. |
| 4685 | |
| 4686 | We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */ |
| 4687 | |
| 4688 | static bfd_boolean |
| 4689 | assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd, |
| 4690 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
| 4691 | { |
| 4692 | struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd); |
| 4693 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| 4694 | file_ptr off; |
| 4695 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 4696 | |
| 4697 | if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0 |
| 4698 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core) |
| 4699 | { |
| 4700 | Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
| 4701 | unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
| 4702 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; |
| 4703 | unsigned int i; |
| 4704 | |
| 4705 | /* Start after the ELF header. */ |
| 4706 | off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize; |
| 4707 | |
| 4708 | /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are |
| 4709 | not creating a program header, and that the actual order of |
| 4710 | the sections in the file is unimportant. */ |
| 4711 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++) |
| 4712 | { |
| 4713 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 4714 | |
| 4715 | hdr = *hdrpp; |
| 4716 | if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) |
| 4717 | && hdr->bfd_section == NULL) |
| 4718 | || i == tdata->symtab_section |
| 4719 | || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section |
| 4720 | || i == tdata->strtab_section) |
| 4721 | { |
| 4722 | hdr->sh_offset = -1; |
| 4723 | } |
| 4724 | else |
| 4725 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); |
| 4726 | } |
| 4727 | } |
| 4728 | else |
| 4729 | { |
| 4730 | unsigned int alloc; |
| 4731 | |
| 4732 | /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the |
| 4733 | assignment of sections to segments. */ |
| 4734 | if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info)) |
| 4735 | return FALSE; |
| 4736 | |
| 4737 | /* And for non-load sections. */ |
| 4738 | if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info)) |
| 4739 | return FALSE; |
| 4740 | |
| 4741 | if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL) |
| 4742 | { |
| 4743 | if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info)) |
| 4744 | return FALSE; |
| 4745 | } |
| 4746 | |
| 4747 | /* Write out the program headers. */ |
| 4748 | alloc = tdata->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 4749 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 4750 | || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0) |
| 4751 | return FALSE; |
| 4752 | |
| 4753 | off = tdata->next_file_pos; |
| 4754 | } |
| 4755 | |
| 4756 | /* Place the section headers. */ |
| 4757 | off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align); |
| 4758 | i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off; |
| 4759 | off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize; |
| 4760 | |
| 4761 | tdata->next_file_pos = off; |
| 4762 | |
| 4763 | return TRUE; |
| 4764 | } |
| 4765 | |
| 4766 | static bfd_boolean |
| 4767 | prep_headers (bfd *abfd) |
| 4768 | { |
| 4769 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */ |
| 4770 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */ |
| 4771 | struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab; |
| 4772 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 4773 | |
| 4774 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| 4775 | |
| 4776 | shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init (); |
| 4777 | if (shstrtab == NULL) |
| 4778 | return FALSE; |
| 4779 | |
| 4780 | elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab; |
| 4781 | |
| 4782 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0; |
| 4783 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1; |
| 4784 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2; |
| 4785 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3; |
| 4786 | |
| 4787 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass; |
| 4788 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] = |
| 4789 | bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB; |
| 4790 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current; |
| 4791 | |
| 4792 | if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) |
| 4793 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN; |
| 4794 | else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0) |
| 4795 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC; |
| 4796 | else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) |
| 4797 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE; |
| 4798 | else |
| 4799 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL; |
| 4800 | |
| 4801 | switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) |
| 4802 | { |
| 4803 | case bfd_arch_unknown: |
| 4804 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE; |
| 4805 | break; |
| 4806 | |
| 4807 | /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting |
| 4808 | e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE |
| 4809 | in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication, |
| 4810 | the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling |
| 4811 | can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(), |
| 4812 | unless they need the information earlier than the final write. |
| 4813 | Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for |
| 4814 | e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */ |
| 4815 | default: |
| 4816 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code; |
| 4817 | } |
| 4818 | |
| 4819 | i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current; |
| 4820 | i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 4821 | |
| 4822 | /* No program header, for now. */ |
| 4823 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; |
| 4824 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; |
| 4825 | i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0; |
| 4826 | |
| 4827 | /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */ |
| 4828 | i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd); |
| 4829 | i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr; |
| 4830 | |
| 4831 | /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */ |
| 4832 | if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P) |
| 4833 | /* It all happens later. */ |
| 4834 | ; |
| 4835 | else |
| 4836 | { |
| 4837 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; |
| 4838 | i_phdrp = 0; |
| 4839 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; |
| 4840 | } |
| 4841 | |
| 4842 | elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name = |
| 4843 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE); |
| 4844 | elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name = |
| 4845 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE); |
| 4846 | elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name = |
| 4847 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE); |
| 4848 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 |
| 4849 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 |
| 4850 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
| 4851 | return FALSE; |
| 4852 | |
| 4853 | return TRUE; |
| 4854 | } |
| 4855 | |
| 4856 | /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part |
| 4857 | of the loadable file image. */ |
| 4858 | |
| 4859 | void |
| 4860 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd) |
| 4861 | { |
| 4862 | file_ptr off; |
| 4863 | unsigned int i, num_sec; |
| 4864 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp; |
| 4865 | |
| 4866 | off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos; |
| 4867 | |
| 4868 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
| 4869 | for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++) |
| 4870 | { |
| 4871 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp; |
| 4872 | |
| 4873 | shdrp = *shdrpp; |
| 4874 | if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA) |
| 4875 | && shdrp->sh_offset == -1) |
| 4876 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE); |
| 4877 | } |
| 4878 | |
| 4879 | elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off; |
| 4880 | } |
| 4881 | |
| 4882 | bfd_boolean |
| 4883 | _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd) |
| 4884 | { |
| 4885 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 4886 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; |
| 4887 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
| 4888 | bfd_boolean failed; |
| 4889 | unsigned int count, num_sec; |
| 4890 | |
| 4891 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun |
| 4892 | && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL)) |
| 4893 | return FALSE; |
| 4894 | |
| 4895 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
| 4896 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| 4897 | |
| 4898 | failed = FALSE; |
| 4899 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed); |
| 4900 | if (failed) |
| 4901 | return FALSE; |
| 4902 | |
| 4903 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd); |
| 4904 | |
| 4905 | /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */ |
| 4906 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
| 4907 | for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++) |
| 4908 | { |
| 4909 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing) |
| 4910 | (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]); |
| 4911 | if (i_shdrp[count]->contents) |
| 4912 | { |
| 4913 | bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size; |
| 4914 | |
| 4915 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 4916 | || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt) |
| 4917 | return FALSE; |
| 4918 | } |
| 4919 | } |
| 4920 | |
| 4921 | /* Write out the section header names. */ |
| 4922 | if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL |
| 4923 | && (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 4924 | || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd)))) |
| 4925 | return FALSE; |
| 4926 | |
| 4927 | if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) |
| 4928 | (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd, |
| 4929 | elf_tdata (abfd)->linker); |
| 4930 | |
| 4931 | if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd)) |
| 4932 | return FALSE; |
| 4933 | |
| 4934 | /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */ |
| 4935 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents) |
| 4936 | return (*elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents) (abfd); |
| 4937 | |
| 4938 | return TRUE; |
| 4939 | } |
| 4940 | |
| 4941 | bfd_boolean |
| 4942 | _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd) |
| 4943 | { |
| 4944 | /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */ |
| 4945 | return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd); |
| 4946 | } |
| 4947 | |
| 4948 | /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */ |
| 4949 | |
| 4950 | unsigned int |
| 4951 | _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect) |
| 4952 | { |
| 4953 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 4954 | unsigned int index; |
| 4955 | |
| 4956 | if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL |
| 4957 | && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0) |
| 4958 | return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx; |
| 4959 | |
| 4960 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect)) |
| 4961 | index = SHN_ABS; |
| 4962 | else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect)) |
| 4963 | index = SHN_COMMON; |
| 4964 | else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect)) |
| 4965 | index = SHN_UNDEF; |
| 4966 | else |
| 4967 | index = SHN_BAD; |
| 4968 | |
| 4969 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 4970 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) |
| 4971 | { |
| 4972 | int retval = index; |
| 4973 | |
| 4974 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval)) |
| 4975 | return retval; |
| 4976 | } |
| 4977 | |
| 4978 | if (index == SHN_BAD) |
| 4979 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section); |
| 4980 | |
| 4981 | return index; |
| 4982 | } |
| 4983 | |
| 4984 | /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1 |
| 4985 | on error. */ |
| 4986 | |
| 4987 | int |
| 4988 | _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr) |
| 4989 | { |
| 4990 | asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr; |
| 4991 | int idx; |
| 4992 | flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags; |
| 4993 | |
| 4994 | /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its |
| 4995 | own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the |
| 4996 | symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating |
| 4997 | relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the |
| 4998 | input sections rather than the output section. */ |
| 4999 | if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0 |
| 5000 | && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) |
| 5001 | && asym_ptr->section) |
| 5002 | { |
| 5003 | asection *sec; |
| 5004 | int indx; |
| 5005 | |
| 5006 | sec = asym_ptr->section; |
| 5007 | if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL) |
| 5008 | sec = sec->output_section; |
| 5009 | if (sec->owner == abfd |
| 5010 | && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd) |
| 5011 | && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL) |
| 5012 | asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i; |
| 5013 | } |
| 5014 | |
| 5015 | idx = asym_ptr->udata.i; |
| 5016 | |
| 5017 | if (idx == 0) |
| 5018 | { |
| 5019 | /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol |
| 5020 | which is used in a relocation entry. */ |
| 5021 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 5022 | (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"), |
| 5023 | abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr)); |
| 5024 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols); |
| 5025 | return -1; |
| 5026 | } |
| 5027 | |
| 5028 | #if DEBUG & 4 |
| 5029 | { |
| 5030 | fprintf (stderr, |
| 5031 | "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n", |
| 5032 | (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags, |
| 5033 | elf_symbol_flags (flags)); |
| 5034 | fflush (stderr); |
| 5035 | } |
| 5036 | #endif |
| 5037 | |
| 5038 | return idx; |
| 5039 | } |
| 5040 | |
| 5041 | /* Rewrite program header information. */ |
| 5042 | |
| 5043 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5044 | rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
| 5045 | { |
| 5046 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr; |
| 5047 | struct elf_segment_map *map; |
| 5048 | struct elf_segment_map *map_first; |
| 5049 | struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map; |
| 5050 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; |
| 5051 | asection *section; |
| 5052 | unsigned int i; |
| 5053 | unsigned int num_segments; |
| 5054 | bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE; |
| 5055 | bfd_vma maxpagesize; |
| 5056 | struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL; |
| 5057 | unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0; |
| 5058 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 5059 | |
| 5060 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd); |
| 5061 | iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd); |
| 5062 | |
| 5063 | map_first = NULL; |
| 5064 | pointer_to_map = &map_first; |
| 5065 | |
| 5066 | num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; |
| 5067 | maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize; |
| 5068 | |
| 5069 | /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */ |
| 5070 | #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \ |
| 5071 | (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \ |
| 5072 | ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz)) |
| 5073 | |
| 5074 | #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \ |
| 5075 | (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \ |
| 5076 | != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \ |
| 5077 | ? section->size : 0) |
| 5078 | |
| 5079 | /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within |
| 5080 | the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */ |
| 5081 | #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \ |
| 5082 | (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \ |
| 5083 | && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \ |
| 5084 | <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)))) |
| 5085 | |
| 5086 | /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within |
| 5087 | the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */ |
| 5088 | #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \ |
| 5089 | (section->lma >= base \ |
| 5090 | && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \ |
| 5091 | <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base))) |
| 5092 | |
| 5093 | /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */ |
| 5094 | #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \ |
| 5095 | (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \ |
| 5096 | && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \ |
| 5097 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ |
| 5098 | && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \ |
| 5099 | <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)) |
| 5100 | |
| 5101 | /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo |
| 5102 | etc. */ |
| 5103 | #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \ |
| 5104 | (IS_NOTE (p, s) \ |
| 5105 | && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \ |
| 5106 | && s->vma == 0 \ |
| 5107 | && s->lma == 0) |
| 5108 | |
| 5109 | /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris |
| 5110 | linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and |
| 5111 | p_memsz set to 0. */ |
| 5112 | #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \ |
| 5113 | (p->p_vaddr == 0 \ |
| 5114 | && p->p_paddr == 0 \ |
| 5115 | && p->p_memsz == 0 \ |
| 5116 | && p->p_filesz > 0 \ |
| 5117 | && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \ |
| 5118 | && s->size > 0 \ |
| 5119 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ |
| 5120 | && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \ |
| 5121 | <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)) |
| 5122 | |
| 5123 | /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment. |
| 5124 | A section will be included if: |
| 5125 | 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA |
| 5126 | if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise, |
| 5127 | 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE |
| 5128 | segment. |
| 5129 | 3. There is an output section associated with it, |
| 5130 | 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment. |
| 5131 | 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections. |
| 5132 | 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections. |
| 5133 | 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments. |
| 5134 | 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning |
| 5135 | (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */ |
| 5136 | #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \ |
| 5137 | ((((segment->p_paddr \ |
| 5138 | ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \ |
| 5139 | : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \ |
| 5140 | && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \ |
| 5141 | || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \ |
| 5142 | && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \ |
| 5143 | && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \ |
| 5144 | || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \ |
| 5145 | && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \ |
| 5146 | || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \ |
| 5147 | || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \ |
| 5148 | && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \ |
| 5149 | || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \ |
| 5150 | || (segment->p_paddr \ |
| 5151 | ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \ |
| 5152 | : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \ |
| 5153 | || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \ |
| 5154 | == 0)) \ |
| 5155 | && !section->segment_mark) |
| 5156 | |
| 5157 | /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL, |
| 5158 | it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */ |
| 5159 | #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \ |
| 5160 | (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \ |
| 5161 | && section->output_section != NULL) |
| 5162 | |
| 5163 | /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */ |
| 5164 | #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \ |
| 5165 | (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field)) |
| 5166 | |
| 5167 | /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both |
| 5168 | their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap. |
| 5169 | It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA |
| 5170 | ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped |
| 5171 | to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different |
| 5172 | LMA. */ |
| 5173 | #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \ |
| 5174 | ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \ |
| 5175 | || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \ |
| 5176 | && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \ |
| 5177 | || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr))) |
| 5178 | |
| 5179 | /* Initialise the segment mark field. */ |
| 5180 | for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next) |
| 5181 | section->segment_mark = FALSE; |
| 5182 | |
| 5183 | /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header |
| 5184 | of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps |
| 5185 | in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird |
| 5186 | parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */ |
| 5187 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
| 5188 | i < num_segments; |
| 5189 | i++, segment++) |
| 5190 | { |
| 5191 | unsigned int j; |
| 5192 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2; |
| 5193 | |
| 5194 | if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP) |
| 5195 | for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next) |
| 5196 | if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section)) |
| 5197 | { |
| 5198 | /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment |
| 5199 | assignment code will work. */ |
| 5200 | segment->p_vaddr = section->vma; |
| 5201 | break; |
| 5202 | } |
| 5203 | |
| 5204 | if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) |
| 5205 | { |
| 5206 | /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */ |
| 5207 | if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO) |
| 5208 | segment->p_type = PT_NULL; |
| 5209 | continue; |
| 5210 | } |
| 5211 | |
| 5212 | /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */ |
| 5213 | for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++) |
| 5214 | { |
| 5215 | bfd_signed_vma extra_length; |
| 5216 | |
| 5217 | if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD |
| 5218 | || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2)) |
| 5219 | continue; |
| 5220 | |
| 5221 | /* Merge the two segments together. */ |
| 5222 | if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr) |
| 5223 | { |
| 5224 | /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete |
| 5225 | SEGMENT. */ |
| 5226 | extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr) |
| 5227 | - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)); |
| 5228 | |
| 5229 | if (extra_length > 0) |
| 5230 | { |
| 5231 | segment2->p_memsz += extra_length; |
| 5232 | segment2->p_filesz += extra_length; |
| 5233 | } |
| 5234 | |
| 5235 | segment->p_type = PT_NULL; |
| 5236 | |
| 5237 | /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */ |
| 5238 | i = 0; |
| 5239 | segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
| 5240 | break; |
| 5241 | } |
| 5242 | else |
| 5243 | { |
| 5244 | /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete |
| 5245 | SEGMENT2. */ |
| 5246 | extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr) |
| 5247 | - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)); |
| 5248 | |
| 5249 | if (extra_length > 0) |
| 5250 | { |
| 5251 | segment->p_memsz += extra_length; |
| 5252 | segment->p_filesz += extra_length; |
| 5253 | } |
| 5254 | |
| 5255 | segment2->p_type = PT_NULL; |
| 5256 | } |
| 5257 | } |
| 5258 | } |
| 5259 | |
| 5260 | /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */ |
| 5261 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
| 5262 | i < num_segments; |
| 5263 | i++, segment++) |
| 5264 | { |
| 5265 | unsigned int section_count; |
| 5266 | asection **sections; |
| 5267 | asection *output_section; |
| 5268 | unsigned int isec; |
| 5269 | bfd_vma matching_lma; |
| 5270 | bfd_vma suggested_lma; |
| 5271 | unsigned int j; |
| 5272 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 5273 | asection *first_section; |
| 5274 | bfd_boolean first_matching_lma; |
| 5275 | bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma; |
| 5276 | |
| 5277 | if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL) |
| 5278 | continue; |
| 5279 | |
| 5280 | first_section = NULL; |
| 5281 | /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */ |
| 5282 | for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0; |
| 5283 | section != NULL; |
| 5284 | section = section->next) |
| 5285 | { |
| 5286 | /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be |
| 5287 | removed from the corresponding output segment. */ |
| 5288 | if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed)) |
| 5289 | { |
| 5290 | if (first_section == NULL) |
| 5291 | first_section = section; |
| 5292 | if (section->output_section != NULL) |
| 5293 | ++section_count; |
| 5294 | } |
| 5295 | } |
| 5296 | |
| 5297 | /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain |
| 5298 | all of the sections we have selected. */ |
| 5299 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 5300 | amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
| 5301 | map = bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt); |
| 5302 | if (map == NULL) |
| 5303 | return FALSE; |
| 5304 | |
| 5305 | /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to |
| 5306 | using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */ |
| 5307 | map->next = NULL; |
| 5308 | map->p_type = segment->p_type; |
| 5309 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; |
| 5310 | map->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| 5311 | |
| 5312 | /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is |
| 5313 | no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding |
| 5314 | output segment. */ |
| 5315 | if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL) |
| 5316 | { |
| 5317 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr; |
| 5318 | map->p_paddr_valid = 1; |
| 5319 | } |
| 5320 | |
| 5321 | /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header |
| 5322 | and if it contains the program headers themselves. */ |
| 5323 | map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0 |
| 5324 | && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize); |
| 5325 | map->includes_phdrs = 0; |
| 5326 | |
| 5327 | if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) |
| 5328 | { |
| 5329 | map->includes_phdrs = |
| 5330 | (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff |
| 5331 | && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz |
| 5332 | >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff |
| 5333 | + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize))); |
| 5334 | |
| 5335 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs) |
| 5336 | phdr_included = TRUE; |
| 5337 | } |
| 5338 | |
| 5339 | if (section_count == 0) |
| 5340 | { |
| 5341 | /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain |
| 5342 | no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain |
| 5343 | something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only |
| 5344 | a warning is produced. */ |
| 5345 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD) |
| 5346 | (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment" |
| 5347 | " detected, is this intentional ?\n"), |
| 5348 | ibfd); |
| 5349 | |
| 5350 | map->count = 0; |
| 5351 | *pointer_to_map = map; |
| 5352 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; |
| 5353 | |
| 5354 | continue; |
| 5355 | } |
| 5356 | |
| 5357 | /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt |
| 5358 | to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map. |
| 5359 | The problem here is how to handle an output section which has |
| 5360 | been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities: |
| 5361 | |
| 5362 | 1. None of the sections have been moved. |
| 5363 | In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the |
| 5364 | input BFD. |
| 5365 | |
| 5366 | 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount. |
| 5367 | In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA |
| 5368 | of the first section. |
| 5369 | |
| 5370 | 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not. |
| 5371 | In this case those sections which have not been moved can be |
| 5372 | placed in the current segment which will have to have its size, |
| 5373 | and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will |
| 5374 | have to be created to contain the other sections. |
| 5375 | |
| 5376 | 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount. |
| 5377 | In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA |
| 5378 | of the first section and we will have to create a new segment |
| 5379 | or segments to contain the other sections. |
| 5380 | |
| 5381 | In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section |
| 5382 | pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned |
| 5383 | to a segment, they are removed from this array. */ |
| 5384 | |
| 5385 | /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here |
| 5386 | to work around this long long bug. */ |
| 5387 | sections = bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *)); |
| 5388 | if (sections == NULL) |
| 5389 | return FALSE; |
| 5390 | |
| 5391 | /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts. |
| 5392 | Also add the sections to the section array allocated above. |
| 5393 | Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common |
| 5394 | case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that |
| 5395 | we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing |
| 5396 | more to do. */ |
| 5397 | isec = 0; |
| 5398 | matching_lma = 0; |
| 5399 | suggested_lma = 0; |
| 5400 | first_matching_lma = TRUE; |
| 5401 | first_suggested_lma = TRUE; |
| 5402 | |
| 5403 | for (section = ibfd->sections; |
| 5404 | section != NULL; |
| 5405 | section = section->next) |
| 5406 | if (section == first_section) |
| 5407 | break; |
| 5408 | |
| 5409 | for (j = 0; section != NULL; section = section->next) |
| 5410 | { |
| 5411 | if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed)) |
| 5412 | { |
| 5413 | output_section = section->output_section; |
| 5414 | |
| 5415 | sections[j++] = section; |
| 5416 | |
| 5417 | /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0. |
| 5418 | We try to catch that case here, and set it to the |
| 5419 | correct value. Note - some backends require that |
| 5420 | p_paddr be left as zero. */ |
| 5421 | if (segment->p_paddr == 0 |
| 5422 | && segment->p_vaddr != 0 |
| 5423 | && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero |
| 5424 | && isec == 0 |
| 5425 | && output_section->lma != 0 |
| 5426 | && output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr |
| 5427 | + (map->includes_filehdr |
| 5428 | ? iehdr->e_ehsize |
| 5429 | : 0) |
| 5430 | + (map->includes_phdrs |
| 5431 | ? (iehdr->e_phnum |
| 5432 | * iehdr->e_phentsize) |
| 5433 | : 0))) |
| 5434 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr; |
| 5435 | |
| 5436 | /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the |
| 5437 | LMA address of the output section. */ |
| 5438 | if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) |
| 5439 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section) |
| 5440 | || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero |
| 5441 | && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment))) |
| 5442 | { |
| 5443 | if (first_matching_lma || output_section->lma < matching_lma) |
| 5444 | { |
| 5445 | matching_lma = output_section->lma; |
| 5446 | first_matching_lma = FALSE; |
| 5447 | } |
| 5448 | |
| 5449 | /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment |
| 5450 | then it does not overlap any other section within that |
| 5451 | segment. */ |
| 5452 | map->sections[isec++] = output_section; |
| 5453 | } |
| 5454 | else if (first_suggested_lma) |
| 5455 | { |
| 5456 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma; |
| 5457 | first_suggested_lma = FALSE; |
| 5458 | } |
| 5459 | |
| 5460 | if (j == section_count) |
| 5461 | break; |
| 5462 | } |
| 5463 | } |
| 5464 | |
| 5465 | BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count); |
| 5466 | |
| 5467 | /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment, |
| 5468 | if necessary. */ |
| 5469 | if (isec == section_count) |
| 5470 | { |
| 5471 | /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently |
| 5472 | specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to |
| 5473 | the list of built segments and carry on to process the next |
| 5474 | program header in the input BFD. */ |
| 5475 | map->count = section_count; |
| 5476 | *pointer_to_map = map; |
| 5477 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; |
| 5478 | |
| 5479 | if (!bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero |
| 5480 | && matching_lma != map->p_paddr |
| 5481 | && !map->includes_filehdr && !map->includes_phdrs) |
| 5482 | /* There is some padding before the first section in the |
| 5483 | segment. So, we must account for that in the output |
| 5484 | segment's vma. */ |
| 5485 | map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr; |
| 5486 | |
| 5487 | free (sections); |
| 5488 | continue; |
| 5489 | } |
| 5490 | else |
| 5491 | { |
| 5492 | if (!first_matching_lma) |
| 5493 | { |
| 5494 | /* At least one section fits inside the current segment. |
| 5495 | Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the |
| 5496 | LMA of the first section that fitted. */ |
| 5497 | map->p_paddr = matching_lma; |
| 5498 | } |
| 5499 | else |
| 5500 | { |
| 5501 | /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment. |
| 5502 | Change the current segment's physical address to match |
| 5503 | the LMA of the first section. */ |
| 5504 | map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; |
| 5505 | } |
| 5506 | |
| 5507 | /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma |
| 5508 | to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */ |
| 5509 | if (map->includes_filehdr) |
| 5510 | map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize; |
| 5511 | |
| 5512 | if (map->includes_phdrs) |
| 5513 | { |
| 5514 | map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize; |
| 5515 | |
| 5516 | /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number |
| 5517 | of program headers that we will need. Make a note |
| 5518 | here of the number we used and the segment we chose |
| 5519 | to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the |
| 5520 | offset when we know the correct value. */ |
| 5521 | phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum; |
| 5522 | phdr_adjust_seg = map; |
| 5523 | } |
| 5524 | } |
| 5525 | |
| 5526 | /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning |
| 5527 | those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the |
| 5528 | sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all |
| 5529 | possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is |
| 5530 | added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain |
| 5531 | to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating |
| 5532 | the loop. */ |
| 5533 | isec = 0; |
| 5534 | do |
| 5535 | { |
| 5536 | map->count = 0; |
| 5537 | suggested_lma = 0; |
| 5538 | first_suggested_lma = TRUE; |
| 5539 | |
| 5540 | /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */ |
| 5541 | for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++) |
| 5542 | { |
| 5543 | section = sections[j]; |
| 5544 | |
| 5545 | if (section == NULL) |
| 5546 | continue; |
| 5547 | |
| 5548 | output_section = section->output_section; |
| 5549 | |
| 5550 | BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL); |
| 5551 | |
| 5552 | if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) |
| 5553 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) |
| 5554 | { |
| 5555 | if (map->count == 0) |
| 5556 | { |
| 5557 | /* If the first section in a segment does not start at |
| 5558 | the beginning of the segment, then something is |
| 5559 | wrong. */ |
| 5560 | if (output_section->lma |
| 5561 | != (map->p_paddr |
| 5562 | + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0) |
| 5563 | + (map->includes_phdrs |
| 5564 | ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize |
| 5565 | : 0))) |
| 5566 | abort (); |
| 5567 | } |
| 5568 | else |
| 5569 | { |
| 5570 | asection *prev_sec; |
| 5571 | |
| 5572 | prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1]; |
| 5573 | |
| 5574 | /* If the gap between the end of the previous section |
| 5575 | and the start of this section is more than |
| 5576 | maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */ |
| 5577 | if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size, |
| 5578 | maxpagesize) |
| 5579 | < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize)) |
| 5580 | || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size |
| 5581 | > output_section->lma)) |
| 5582 | { |
| 5583 | if (first_suggested_lma) |
| 5584 | { |
| 5585 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma; |
| 5586 | first_suggested_lma = FALSE; |
| 5587 | } |
| 5588 | |
| 5589 | continue; |
| 5590 | } |
| 5591 | } |
| 5592 | |
| 5593 | map->sections[map->count++] = output_section; |
| 5594 | ++isec; |
| 5595 | sections[j] = NULL; |
| 5596 | section->segment_mark = TRUE; |
| 5597 | } |
| 5598 | else if (first_suggested_lma) |
| 5599 | { |
| 5600 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma; |
| 5601 | first_suggested_lma = FALSE; |
| 5602 | } |
| 5603 | } |
| 5604 | |
| 5605 | BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0); |
| 5606 | |
| 5607 | /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */ |
| 5608 | *pointer_to_map = map; |
| 5609 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; |
| 5610 | |
| 5611 | if (isec < section_count) |
| 5612 | { |
| 5613 | /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to |
| 5614 | segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it |
| 5615 | and carry on looping. */ |
| 5616 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 5617 | amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
| 5618 | map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt); |
| 5619 | if (map == NULL) |
| 5620 | { |
| 5621 | free (sections); |
| 5622 | return FALSE; |
| 5623 | } |
| 5624 | |
| 5625 | /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical |
| 5626 | physical address to the LMA of the first section that has |
| 5627 | not yet been assigned. */ |
| 5628 | map->next = NULL; |
| 5629 | map->p_type = segment->p_type; |
| 5630 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; |
| 5631 | map->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| 5632 | map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; |
| 5633 | map->p_paddr_valid = 1; |
| 5634 | map->includes_filehdr = 0; |
| 5635 | map->includes_phdrs = 0; |
| 5636 | } |
| 5637 | } |
| 5638 | while (isec < section_count); |
| 5639 | |
| 5640 | free (sections); |
| 5641 | } |
| 5642 | |
| 5643 | /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the |
| 5644 | p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a |
| 5645 | file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it |
| 5646 | reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */ |
| 5647 | for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next) |
| 5648 | if (map->p_paddr != 0) |
| 5649 | break; |
| 5650 | if (map == NULL) |
| 5651 | for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next) |
| 5652 | map->p_paddr_valid = 0; |
| 5653 | |
| 5654 | elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first; |
| 5655 | |
| 5656 | /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were |
| 5657 | going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust |
| 5658 | the offset if necessary. */ |
| 5659 | if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL) |
| 5660 | { |
| 5661 | unsigned int count; |
| 5662 | |
| 5663 | for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next) |
| 5664 | count++; |
| 5665 | |
| 5666 | if (count > phdr_adjust_num) |
| 5667 | phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr |
| 5668 | -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize; |
| 5669 | } |
| 5670 | |
| 5671 | #undef SEGMENT_END |
| 5672 | #undef SECTION_SIZE |
| 5673 | #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA |
| 5674 | #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA |
| 5675 | #undef IS_NOTE |
| 5676 | #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE |
| 5677 | #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP |
| 5678 | #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT |
| 5679 | #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT |
| 5680 | #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT |
| 5681 | #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS |
| 5682 | return TRUE; |
| 5683 | } |
| 5684 | |
| 5685 | /* Copy ELF program header information. */ |
| 5686 | |
| 5687 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5688 | copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
| 5689 | { |
| 5690 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr; |
| 5691 | struct elf_segment_map *map; |
| 5692 | struct elf_segment_map *map_first; |
| 5693 | struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map; |
| 5694 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; |
| 5695 | unsigned int i; |
| 5696 | unsigned int num_segments; |
| 5697 | bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE; |
| 5698 | bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid; |
| 5699 | |
| 5700 | iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd); |
| 5701 | |
| 5702 | map_first = NULL; |
| 5703 | pointer_to_map = &map_first; |
| 5704 | |
| 5705 | /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set |
| 5706 | map->p_paddr_valid. */ |
| 5707 | p_paddr_valid = FALSE; |
| 5708 | num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; |
| 5709 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
| 5710 | i < num_segments; |
| 5711 | i++, segment++) |
| 5712 | if (segment->p_paddr != 0) |
| 5713 | { |
| 5714 | p_paddr_valid = TRUE; |
| 5715 | break; |
| 5716 | } |
| 5717 | |
| 5718 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
| 5719 | i < num_segments; |
| 5720 | i++, segment++) |
| 5721 | { |
| 5722 | asection *section; |
| 5723 | unsigned int section_count; |
| 5724 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 5725 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; |
| 5726 | asection *first_section = NULL; |
| 5727 | asection *lowest_section = NULL; |
| 5728 | |
| 5729 | /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */ |
| 5730 | for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0; |
| 5731 | section != NULL; |
| 5732 | section = section->next) |
| 5733 | { |
| 5734 | this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); |
| 5735 | if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment)) |
| 5736 | { |
| 5737 | if (!first_section) |
| 5738 | first_section = lowest_section = section; |
| 5739 | if (section->lma < lowest_section->lma) |
| 5740 | lowest_section = section; |
| 5741 | section_count++; |
| 5742 | } |
| 5743 | } |
| 5744 | |
| 5745 | /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain |
| 5746 | all of the sections we have selected. */ |
| 5747 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
| 5748 | if (section_count != 0) |
| 5749 | amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
| 5750 | map = bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt); |
| 5751 | if (map == NULL) |
| 5752 | return FALSE; |
| 5753 | |
| 5754 | /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the |
| 5755 | input segment. */ |
| 5756 | map->next = NULL; |
| 5757 | map->p_type = segment->p_type; |
| 5758 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; |
| 5759 | map->p_flags_valid = 1; |
| 5760 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr; |
| 5761 | map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid; |
| 5762 | map->p_align = segment->p_align; |
| 5763 | map->p_align_valid = 1; |
| 5764 | map->p_vaddr_offset = 0; |
| 5765 | |
| 5766 | if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO |
| 5767 | && segment->p_filesz == segment->p_memsz) |
| 5768 | { |
| 5769 | /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few |
| 5770 | bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt |
| 5771 | section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't |
| 5772 | change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */ |
| 5773 | map->p_size = segment->p_filesz; |
| 5774 | map->p_size_valid = 1; |
| 5775 | } |
| 5776 | |
| 5777 | /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header |
| 5778 | and if it contains the program headers themselves. */ |
| 5779 | map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0 |
| 5780 | && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize); |
| 5781 | |
| 5782 | map->includes_phdrs = 0; |
| 5783 | if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) |
| 5784 | { |
| 5785 | map->includes_phdrs = |
| 5786 | (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff |
| 5787 | && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz |
| 5788 | >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff |
| 5789 | + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize))); |
| 5790 | |
| 5791 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs) |
| 5792 | phdr_included = TRUE; |
| 5793 | } |
| 5794 | |
| 5795 | if (!map->includes_phdrs |
| 5796 | && !map->includes_filehdr |
| 5797 | && map->p_paddr_valid) |
| 5798 | /* There is some other padding before the first section. */ |
| 5799 | map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0) |
| 5800 | - segment->p_paddr); |
| 5801 | |
| 5802 | if (section_count != 0) |
| 5803 | { |
| 5804 | unsigned int isec = 0; |
| 5805 | |
| 5806 | for (section = first_section; |
| 5807 | section != NULL; |
| 5808 | section = section->next) |
| 5809 | { |
| 5810 | this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); |
| 5811 | if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment)) |
| 5812 | { |
| 5813 | map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section; |
| 5814 | if (isec == section_count) |
| 5815 | break; |
| 5816 | } |
| 5817 | } |
| 5818 | } |
| 5819 | |
| 5820 | map->count = section_count; |
| 5821 | *pointer_to_map = map; |
| 5822 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; |
| 5823 | } |
| 5824 | |
| 5825 | elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first; |
| 5826 | return TRUE; |
| 5827 | } |
| 5828 | |
| 5829 | /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header |
| 5830 | information. */ |
| 5831 | |
| 5832 | static bfd_boolean |
| 5833 | copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
| 5834 | { |
| 5835 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 5836 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 5837 | return TRUE; |
| 5838 | |
| 5839 | if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL) |
| 5840 | return TRUE; |
| 5841 | |
| 5842 | if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec) |
| 5843 | { |
| 5844 | /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD |
| 5845 | covered by ELF program header have changed. */ |
| 5846 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; |
| 5847 | asection *section, *osec; |
| 5848 | unsigned int i, num_segments; |
| 5849 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; |
| 5850 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 5851 | |
| 5852 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd); |
| 5853 | |
| 5854 | /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */ |
| 5855 | if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero) |
| 5856 | goto rewrite; |
| 5857 | |
| 5858 | /* Initialize the segment mark field. */ |
| 5859 | for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL; |
| 5860 | section = section->next) |
| 5861 | section->segment_mark = FALSE; |
| 5862 | |
| 5863 | num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; |
| 5864 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
| 5865 | i < num_segments; |
| 5866 | i++, segment++) |
| 5867 | { |
| 5868 | /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr |
| 5869 | and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0 |
| 5870 | which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment |
| 5871 | map in this case. */ |
| 5872 | if (segment->p_paddr == 0 |
| 5873 | && segment->p_memsz == 0 |
| 5874 | && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)) |
| 5875 | goto rewrite; |
| 5876 | |
| 5877 | for (section = ibfd->sections; |
| 5878 | section != NULL; section = section->next) |
| 5879 | { |
| 5880 | /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes |
| 5881 | from the input BFD. */ |
| 5882 | osec = section->output_section; |
| 5883 | if (osec) |
| 5884 | osec->segment_mark = TRUE; |
| 5885 | |
| 5886 | /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */ |
| 5887 | this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); |
| 5888 | if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment)) |
| 5889 | { |
| 5890 | /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or |
| 5891 | removed. What else do we need to check? */ |
| 5892 | if (osec == NULL |
| 5893 | || section->flags != osec->flags |
| 5894 | || section->lma != osec->lma |
| 5895 | || section->vma != osec->vma |
| 5896 | || section->size != osec->size |
| 5897 | || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize |
| 5898 | || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power) |
| 5899 | goto rewrite; |
| 5900 | } |
| 5901 | } |
| 5902 | } |
| 5903 | |
| 5904 | /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the |
| 5905 | input BFD. */ |
| 5906 | for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL; |
| 5907 | section = section->next) |
| 5908 | { |
| 5909 | if (section->segment_mark == FALSE) |
| 5910 | goto rewrite; |
| 5911 | else |
| 5912 | section->segment_mark = FALSE; |
| 5913 | } |
| 5914 | |
| 5915 | return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd); |
| 5916 | } |
| 5917 | |
| 5918 | rewrite: |
| 5919 | return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd); |
| 5920 | } |
| 5921 | |
| 5922 | /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */ |
| 5923 | |
| 5924 | bfd_boolean |
| 5925 | _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd, |
| 5926 | asection *isec, |
| 5927 | bfd *obfd, |
| 5928 | asection *osec, |
| 5929 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
| 5930 | |
| 5931 | { |
| 5932 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr; |
| 5933 | bfd_boolean need_group = link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable; |
| 5934 | |
| 5935 | if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 5936 | || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 5937 | return TRUE; |
| 5938 | |
| 5939 | /* Don't copy the output ELF section type from input if the |
| 5940 | output BFD section flags have been set to something different. |
| 5941 | elf_fake_sections will set ELF section type based on BFD |
| 5942 | section flags. */ |
| 5943 | if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL |
| 5944 | && (osec->flags == isec->flags || !osec->flags)) |
| 5945 | elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec); |
| 5946 | |
| 5947 | /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */ |
| 5948 | elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec) |
| 5949 | & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC)); |
| 5950 | |
| 5951 | /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output |
| 5952 | SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back |
| 5953 | to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section. |
| 5954 | See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */ |
| 5955 | if (need_group) |
| 5956 | { |
| 5957 | if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL |
| 5958 | || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) |
| 5959 | { |
| 5960 | if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP) |
| 5961 | elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP; |
| 5962 | elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec); |
| 5963 | elf_group_name (osec) = elf_group_name (isec); |
| 5964 | } |
| 5965 | } |
| 5966 | |
| 5967 | ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr; |
| 5968 | |
| 5969 | /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We |
| 5970 | don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it |
| 5971 | may be NULL at this point. */ |
| 5972 | if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) |
| 5973 | { |
| 5974 | ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr; |
| 5975 | ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER; |
| 5976 | elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec); |
| 5977 | } |
| 5978 | |
| 5979 | osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p; |
| 5980 | |
| 5981 | return TRUE; |
| 5982 | } |
| 5983 | |
| 5984 | /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize |
| 5985 | field, and sometimes the info field. */ |
| 5986 | |
| 5987 | bfd_boolean |
| 5988 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd, |
| 5989 | asection *isec, |
| 5990 | bfd *obfd, |
| 5991 | asection *osec) |
| 5992 | { |
| 5993 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr; |
| 5994 | |
| 5995 | if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 5996 | || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 5997 | return TRUE; |
| 5998 | |
| 5999 | ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr; |
| 6000 | ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr; |
| 6001 | |
| 6002 | ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize; |
| 6003 | |
| 6004 | if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB |
| 6005 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM |
| 6006 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed |
| 6007 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef) |
| 6008 | ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info; |
| 6009 | |
| 6010 | return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec, |
| 6011 | NULL); |
| 6012 | } |
| 6013 | |
| 6014 | /* Copy private header information. */ |
| 6015 | |
| 6016 | bfd_boolean |
| 6017 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
| 6018 | { |
| 6019 | asection *isec; |
| 6020 | |
| 6021 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 6022 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 6023 | return TRUE; |
| 6024 | |
| 6025 | /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied. |
| 6026 | This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data |
| 6027 | entry point, because the latter is called after the section |
| 6028 | contents have been set, which means that the program headers have |
| 6029 | already been worked out. */ |
| 6030 | if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL) |
| 6031 | { |
| 6032 | if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)) |
| 6033 | return FALSE; |
| 6034 | } |
| 6035 | |
| 6036 | /* _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data copied over the SHF_GROUP flag |
| 6037 | but this might be wrong if we deleted the group section. */ |
| 6038 | for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next) |
| 6039 | if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP |
| 6040 | && isec->output_section == NULL) |
| 6041 | { |
| 6042 | asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec); |
| 6043 | asection *s = first; |
| 6044 | while (s != NULL) |
| 6045 | { |
| 6046 | if (s->output_section != NULL) |
| 6047 | { |
| 6048 | elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP; |
| 6049 | elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL; |
| 6050 | } |
| 6051 | s = elf_next_in_group (s); |
| 6052 | if (s == first) |
| 6053 | break; |
| 6054 | } |
| 6055 | } |
| 6056 | |
| 6057 | return TRUE; |
| 6058 | } |
| 6059 | |
| 6060 | /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section |
| 6061 | which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section |
| 6062 | index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped |
| 6063 | section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the |
| 6064 | swap_out_syms function. */ |
| 6065 | |
| 6066 | #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1) |
| 6067 | #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2) |
| 6068 | #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3) |
| 6069 | #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4) |
| 6070 | #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5) |
| 6071 | |
| 6072 | bfd_boolean |
| 6073 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd, |
| 6074 | asymbol *isymarg, |
| 6075 | bfd *obfd, |
| 6076 | asymbol *osymarg) |
| 6077 | { |
| 6078 | elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym; |
| 6079 | |
| 6080 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
| 6081 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 6082 | return TRUE; |
| 6083 | |
| 6084 | isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg); |
| 6085 | osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg); |
| 6086 | |
| 6087 | if (isym != NULL |
| 6088 | && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0 |
| 6089 | && osym != NULL |
| 6090 | && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section)) |
| 6091 | { |
| 6092 | unsigned int shndx; |
| 6093 | |
| 6094 | shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; |
| 6095 | if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd)) |
| 6096 | shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB; |
| 6097 | else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd)) |
| 6098 | shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB; |
| 6099 | else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section) |
| 6100 | shndx = MAP_STRTAB; |
| 6101 | else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section) |
| 6102 | shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB; |
| 6103 | else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section) |
| 6104 | shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX; |
| 6105 | osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx; |
| 6106 | } |
| 6107 | |
| 6108 | return TRUE; |
| 6109 | } |
| 6110 | |
| 6111 | /* Swap out the symbols. */ |
| 6112 | |
| 6113 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6114 | swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd, |
| 6115 | struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp, |
| 6116 | int relocatable_p) |
| 6117 | { |
| 6118 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
| 6119 | int symcount; |
| 6120 | asymbol **syms; |
| 6121 | struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt; |
| 6122 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
| 6123 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr; |
| 6124 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr; |
| 6125 | bfd_byte *outbound_syms; |
| 6126 | bfd_byte *outbound_shndx; |
| 6127 | int idx; |
| 6128 | bfd_size_type amt; |
| 6129 | bfd_boolean name_local_sections; |
| 6130 | |
| 6131 | if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd)) |
| 6132 | return FALSE; |
| 6133 | |
| 6134 | /* Dump out the symtabs. */ |
| 6135 | stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (); |
| 6136 | if (stt == NULL) |
| 6137 | return FALSE; |
| 6138 | |
| 6139 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 6140 | symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); |
| 6141 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 6142 | symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB; |
| 6143 | symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 6144 | symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1); |
| 6145 | symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1; |
| 6146 | symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; |
| 6147 | |
| 6148 | symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; |
| 6149 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; |
| 6150 | |
| 6151 | outbound_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, bed->s->sizeof_sym); |
| 6152 | if (outbound_syms == NULL) |
| 6153 | { |
| 6154 | _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); |
| 6155 | return FALSE; |
| 6156 | } |
| 6157 | symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms; |
| 6158 | |
| 6159 | outbound_shndx = NULL; |
| 6160 | symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr; |
| 6161 | if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0) |
| 6162 | { |
| 6163 | amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
| 6164 | outbound_shndx = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, |
| 6165 | sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx)); |
| 6166 | if (outbound_shndx == NULL) |
| 6167 | { |
| 6168 | _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); |
| 6169 | return FALSE; |
| 6170 | } |
| 6171 | |
| 6172 | symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx; |
| 6173 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX; |
| 6174 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt; |
| 6175 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
| 6176 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
| 6177 | } |
| 6178 | |
| 6179 | /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */ |
| 6180 | { |
| 6181 | /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */ |
| 6182 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym; |
| 6183 | sym.st_name = 0; |
| 6184 | sym.st_value = 0; |
| 6185 | sym.st_size = 0; |
| 6186 | sym.st_info = 0; |
| 6187 | sym.st_other = 0; |
| 6188 | sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; |
| 6189 | bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx); |
| 6190 | outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 6191 | if (outbound_shndx != NULL) |
| 6192 | outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
| 6193 | } |
| 6194 | |
| 6195 | name_local_sections |
| 6196 | = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols |
| 6197 | && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd)); |
| 6198 | |
| 6199 | syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); |
| 6200 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
| 6201 | { |
| 6202 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym; |
| 6203 | bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value; |
| 6204 | elf_symbol_type *type_ptr; |
| 6205 | flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags; |
| 6206 | int type; |
| 6207 | |
| 6208 | if (!name_local_sections |
| 6209 | && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM) |
| 6210 | { |
| 6211 | /* Local section symbols have no name. */ |
| 6212 | sym.st_name = 0; |
| 6213 | } |
| 6214 | else |
| 6215 | { |
| 6216 | sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt, |
| 6217 | syms[idx]->name, |
| 6218 | TRUE, FALSE); |
| 6219 | if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1) |
| 6220 | { |
| 6221 | _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); |
| 6222 | return FALSE; |
| 6223 | } |
| 6224 | } |
| 6225 | |
| 6226 | type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]); |
| 6227 | |
| 6228 | if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0 |
| 6229 | && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) |
| 6230 | { |
| 6231 | /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field, |
| 6232 | and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from |
| 6233 | how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */ |
| 6234 | sym.st_size = value; |
| 6235 | if (type_ptr == NULL |
| 6236 | || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0) |
| 6237 | sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value)); |
| 6238 | else |
| 6239 | sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value; |
| 6240 | sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section |
| 6241 | (abfd, syms[idx]->section); |
| 6242 | } |
| 6243 | else |
| 6244 | { |
| 6245 | asection *sec = syms[idx]->section; |
| 6246 | unsigned int shndx; |
| 6247 | |
| 6248 | if (sec->output_section) |
| 6249 | { |
| 6250 | value += sec->output_offset; |
| 6251 | sec = sec->output_section; |
| 6252 | } |
| 6253 | |
| 6254 | /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */ |
| 6255 | if (! relocatable_p) |
| 6256 | value += sec->vma; |
| 6257 | sym.st_value = value; |
| 6258 | sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0; |
| 6259 | |
| 6260 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec) |
| 6261 | && type_ptr != NULL |
| 6262 | && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0) |
| 6263 | { |
| 6264 | /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did |
| 6265 | not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done |
| 6266 | by copy_private_symbol_data. */ |
| 6267 | shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; |
| 6268 | switch (shndx) |
| 6269 | { |
| 6270 | case MAP_ONESYMTAB: |
| 6271 | shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd); |
| 6272 | break; |
| 6273 | case MAP_DYNSYMTAB: |
| 6274 | shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd); |
| 6275 | break; |
| 6276 | case MAP_STRTAB: |
| 6277 | shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section; |
| 6278 | break; |
| 6279 | case MAP_SHSTRTAB: |
| 6280 | shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section; |
| 6281 | break; |
| 6282 | case MAP_SYM_SHNDX: |
| 6283 | shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section; |
| 6284 | break; |
| 6285 | default: |
| 6286 | break; |
| 6287 | } |
| 6288 | } |
| 6289 | else |
| 6290 | { |
| 6291 | shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec); |
| 6292 | |
| 6293 | if (shndx == SHN_BAD) |
| 6294 | { |
| 6295 | asection *sec2; |
| 6296 | |
| 6297 | /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if |
| 6298 | we had some decent documentation on bfd, and |
| 6299 | knew what to expect of the library, and what to |
| 6300 | demand of applications. For example, it |
| 6301 | appears that `objcopy' might not set the |
| 6302 | section of a symbol to be a section that is |
| 6303 | actually in the output file. */ |
| 6304 | sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name); |
| 6305 | if (sec2 == NULL) |
| 6306 | { |
| 6307 | _bfd_error_handler (_("\ |
| 6308 | Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"), |
| 6309 | syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>", |
| 6310 | sec->name); |
| 6311 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
| 6312 | _bfd_stringtab_free (stt); |
| 6313 | return FALSE; |
| 6314 | } |
| 6315 | |
| 6316 | shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2); |
| 6317 | BFD_ASSERT (shndx != SHN_BAD); |
| 6318 | } |
| 6319 | } |
| 6320 | |
| 6321 | sym.st_shndx = shndx; |
| 6322 | } |
| 6323 | |
| 6324 | if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0) |
| 6325 | type = STT_TLS; |
| 6326 | else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0) |
| 6327 | type = STT_FUNC; |
| 6328 | else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0) |
| 6329 | type = STT_OBJECT; |
| 6330 | else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0) |
| 6331 | type = STT_RELC; |
| 6332 | else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0) |
| 6333 | type = STT_SRELC; |
| 6334 | else |
| 6335 | type = STT_NOTYPE; |
| 6336 | |
| 6337 | if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) |
| 6338 | type = STT_TLS; |
| 6339 | |
| 6340 | /* Processor-specific types. */ |
| 6341 | if (type_ptr != NULL |
| 6342 | && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) |
| 6343 | type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) |
| 6344 | (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type)); |
| 6345 | |
| 6346 | if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) |
| 6347 | { |
| 6348 | if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) |
| 6349 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); |
| 6350 | else |
| 6351 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION); |
| 6352 | } |
| 6353 | else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) |
| 6354 | { |
| 6355 | #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON |
| 6356 | if (type == STT_OBJECT) |
| 6357 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_COMMON); |
| 6358 | else |
| 6359 | #else |
| 6360 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type); |
| 6361 | #endif |
| 6362 | } |
| 6363 | else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section)) |
| 6364 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK) |
| 6365 | ? STB_WEAK |
| 6366 | : STB_GLOBAL), |
| 6367 | type); |
| 6368 | else if (flags & BSF_FILE) |
| 6369 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE); |
| 6370 | else |
| 6371 | { |
| 6372 | int bind = STB_LOCAL; |
| 6373 | |
| 6374 | if (flags & BSF_LOCAL) |
| 6375 | bind = STB_LOCAL; |
| 6376 | else if (flags & BSF_WEAK) |
| 6377 | bind = STB_WEAK; |
| 6378 | else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) |
| 6379 | bind = STB_GLOBAL; |
| 6380 | |
| 6381 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type); |
| 6382 | } |
| 6383 | |
| 6384 | if (type_ptr != NULL) |
| 6385 | sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other; |
| 6386 | else |
| 6387 | sym.st_other = 0; |
| 6388 | |
| 6389 | bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx); |
| 6390 | outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 6391 | if (outbound_shndx != NULL) |
| 6392 | outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
| 6393 | } |
| 6394 | |
| 6395 | *sttp = stt; |
| 6396 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt); |
| 6397 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; |
| 6398 | |
| 6399 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
| 6400 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
| 6401 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
| 6402 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; |
| 6403 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; |
| 6404 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; |
| 6405 | |
| 6406 | return TRUE; |
| 6407 | } |
| 6408 | |
| 6409 | /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector. |
| 6410 | |
| 6411 | Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate |
| 6412 | the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table |
| 6413 | always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */ |
| 6414 | |
| 6415 | long |
| 6416 | _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) |
| 6417 | { |
| 6418 | long symcount; |
| 6419 | long symtab_size; |
| 6420 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
| 6421 | |
| 6422 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 6423 | symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); |
| 6424 | if (symcount > 0) |
| 6425 | symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *); |
| 6426 | |
| 6427 | return symtab_size; |
| 6428 | } |
| 6429 | |
| 6430 | long |
| 6431 | _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) |
| 6432 | { |
| 6433 | long symcount; |
| 6434 | long symtab_size; |
| 6435 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; |
| 6436 | |
| 6437 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) |
| 6438 | { |
| 6439 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
| 6440 | return -1; |
| 6441 | } |
| 6442 | |
| 6443 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym; |
| 6444 | symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); |
| 6445 | if (symcount > 0) |
| 6446 | symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *); |
| 6447 | |
| 6448 | return symtab_size; |
| 6449 | } |
| 6450 | |
| 6451 | long |
| 6452 | _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 6453 | sec_ptr asect) |
| 6454 | { |
| 6455 | return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *); |
| 6456 | } |
| 6457 | |
| 6458 | /* Canonicalize the relocs. */ |
| 6459 | |
| 6460 | long |
| 6461 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd, |
| 6462 | sec_ptr section, |
| 6463 | arelent **relptr, |
| 6464 | asymbol **symbols) |
| 6465 | { |
| 6466 | arelent *tblptr; |
| 6467 | unsigned int i; |
| 6468 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 6469 | |
| 6470 | if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE)) |
| 6471 | return -1; |
| 6472 | |
| 6473 | tblptr = section->relocation; |
| 6474 | for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++) |
| 6475 | *relptr++ = tblptr++; |
| 6476 | |
| 6477 | *relptr = NULL; |
| 6478 | |
| 6479 | return section->reloc_count; |
| 6480 | } |
| 6481 | |
| 6482 | long |
| 6483 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation) |
| 6484 | { |
| 6485 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 6486 | long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE); |
| 6487 | |
| 6488 | if (symcount >= 0) |
| 6489 | bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount; |
| 6490 | return symcount; |
| 6491 | } |
| 6492 | |
| 6493 | long |
| 6494 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd, |
| 6495 | asymbol **allocation) |
| 6496 | { |
| 6497 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 6498 | long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE); |
| 6499 | |
| 6500 | if (symcount >= 0) |
| 6501 | bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount; |
| 6502 | return symcount; |
| 6503 | } |
| 6504 | |
| 6505 | /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable |
| 6506 | section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL |
| 6507 | or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a |
| 6508 | dynamic reloc section. */ |
| 6509 | |
| 6510 | long |
| 6511 | _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) |
| 6512 | { |
| 6513 | long ret; |
| 6514 | asection *s; |
| 6515 | |
| 6516 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) |
| 6517 | { |
| 6518 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
| 6519 | return -1; |
| 6520 | } |
| 6521 | |
| 6522 | ret = sizeof (arelent *); |
| 6523 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 6524 | if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd) |
| 6525 | && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL |
| 6526 | || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA)) |
| 6527 | ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize) |
| 6528 | * sizeof (arelent *)); |
| 6529 | |
| 6530 | return ret; |
| 6531 | } |
| 6532 | |
| 6533 | /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the |
| 6534 | dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually |
| 6535 | associated with particular sections; the interface, which was |
| 6536 | designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only |
| 6537 | one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually |
| 6538 | installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the |
| 6539 | dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */ |
| 6540 | |
| 6541 | long |
| 6542 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd, |
| 6543 | arelent **storage, |
| 6544 | asymbol **syms) |
| 6545 | { |
| 6546 | bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); |
| 6547 | asection *s; |
| 6548 | long ret; |
| 6549 | |
| 6550 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) |
| 6551 | { |
| 6552 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
| 6553 | return -1; |
| 6554 | } |
| 6555 | |
| 6556 | slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; |
| 6557 | ret = 0; |
| 6558 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
| 6559 | { |
| 6560 | if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd) |
| 6561 | && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL |
| 6562 | || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA)) |
| 6563 | { |
| 6564 | arelent *p; |
| 6565 | long count, i; |
| 6566 | |
| 6567 | if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE)) |
| 6568 | return -1; |
| 6569 | count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize; |
| 6570 | p = s->relocation; |
| 6571 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++) |
| 6572 | *storage++ = p++; |
| 6573 | ret += count; |
| 6574 | } |
| 6575 | } |
| 6576 | |
| 6577 | *storage = NULL; |
| 6578 | |
| 6579 | return ret; |
| 6580 | } |
| 6581 | \f |
| 6582 | /* Read in the version information. */ |
| 6583 | |
| 6584 | bfd_boolean |
| 6585 | _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver) |
| 6586 | { |
| 6587 | bfd_byte *contents = NULL; |
| 6588 | unsigned int freeidx = 0; |
| 6589 | |
| 6590 | if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0) |
| 6591 | { |
| 6592 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 6593 | Elf_External_Verneed *everneed; |
| 6594 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed; |
| 6595 | unsigned int i; |
| 6596 | bfd_byte *contents_end; |
| 6597 | |
| 6598 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr; |
| 6599 | |
| 6600 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info, |
| 6601 | sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed)); |
| 6602 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL) |
| 6603 | goto error_return; |
| 6604 | |
| 6605 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info; |
| 6606 | |
| 6607 | contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); |
| 6608 | if (contents == NULL) |
| 6609 | { |
| 6610 | error_return_verref: |
| 6611 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL; |
| 6612 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0; |
| 6613 | goto error_return; |
| 6614 | } |
| 6615 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 6616 | || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) |
| 6617 | goto error_return_verref; |
| 6618 | |
| 6619 | if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)) |
| 6620 | goto error_return_verref; |
| 6621 | |
| 6622 | BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed) |
| 6623 | == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux)); |
| 6624 | contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed); |
| 6625 | everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents; |
| 6626 | iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; |
| 6627 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++) |
| 6628 | { |
| 6629 | Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux; |
| 6630 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux; |
| 6631 | unsigned int j; |
| 6632 | |
| 6633 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed); |
| 6634 | |
| 6635 | iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd; |
| 6636 | |
| 6637 | iverneed->vn_filename = |
| 6638 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, |
| 6639 | iverneed->vn_file); |
| 6640 | if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL) |
| 6641 | goto error_return_verref; |
| 6642 | |
| 6643 | if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0) |
| 6644 | iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL; |
| 6645 | else |
| 6646 | { |
| 6647 | iverneed->vn_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt, |
| 6648 | sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux)); |
| 6649 | if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL) |
| 6650 | goto error_return_verref; |
| 6651 | } |
| 6652 | |
| 6653 | if (iverneed->vn_aux |
| 6654 | > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed)) |
| 6655 | goto error_return_verref; |
| 6656 | |
| 6657 | evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) |
| 6658 | ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux)); |
| 6659 | ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr; |
| 6660 | for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++) |
| 6661 | { |
| 6662 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux); |
| 6663 | |
| 6664 | ivernaux->vna_nodename = |
| 6665 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, |
| 6666 | ivernaux->vna_name); |
| 6667 | if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL) |
| 6668 | goto error_return_verref; |
| 6669 | |
| 6670 | if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt) |
| 6671 | ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1; |
| 6672 | else |
| 6673 | ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL; |
| 6674 | |
| 6675 | if (ivernaux->vna_next |
| 6676 | > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux)) |
| 6677 | goto error_return_verref; |
| 6678 | |
| 6679 | evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) |
| 6680 | ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next)); |
| 6681 | |
| 6682 | if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx) |
| 6683 | freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other; |
| 6684 | } |
| 6685 | |
| 6686 | if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info) |
| 6687 | iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1; |
| 6688 | else |
| 6689 | iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL; |
| 6690 | |
| 6691 | if (iverneed->vn_next |
| 6692 | > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed)) |
| 6693 | goto error_return_verref; |
| 6694 | |
| 6695 | everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *) |
| 6696 | ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next)); |
| 6697 | } |
| 6698 | |
| 6699 | free (contents); |
| 6700 | contents = NULL; |
| 6701 | } |
| 6702 | |
| 6703 | if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0) |
| 6704 | { |
| 6705 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 6706 | Elf_External_Verdef *everdef; |
| 6707 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef; |
| 6708 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr; |
| 6709 | Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem; |
| 6710 | unsigned int i; |
| 6711 | unsigned int maxidx; |
| 6712 | bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux; |
| 6713 | |
| 6714 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr; |
| 6715 | |
| 6716 | contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); |
| 6717 | if (contents == NULL) |
| 6718 | goto error_return; |
| 6719 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 6720 | || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) |
| 6721 | goto error_return; |
| 6722 | |
| 6723 | if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)) |
| 6724 | goto error_return; |
| 6725 | |
| 6726 | BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef) |
| 6727 | >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux)); |
| 6728 | contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size |
| 6729 | - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef); |
| 6730 | contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size |
| 6731 | - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux); |
| 6732 | |
| 6733 | /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum |
| 6734 | index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find |
| 6735 | the maximum. */ |
| 6736 | everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; |
| 6737 | maxidx = 0; |
| 6738 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i) |
| 6739 | { |
| 6740 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); |
| 6741 | |
| 6742 | if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx) |
| 6743 | maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION); |
| 6744 | |
| 6745 | if (iverdefmem.vd_next |
| 6746 | > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef)) |
| 6747 | goto error_return; |
| 6748 | |
| 6749 | everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) |
| 6750 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next)); |
| 6751 | } |
| 6752 | |
| 6753 | if (default_imported_symver) |
| 6754 | { |
| 6755 | if (freeidx > maxidx) |
| 6756 | maxidx = ++freeidx; |
| 6757 | else |
| 6758 | freeidx = ++maxidx; |
| 6759 | } |
| 6760 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx, |
| 6761 | sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); |
| 6762 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) |
| 6763 | goto error_return; |
| 6764 | |
| 6765 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx; |
| 6766 | |
| 6767 | everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; |
| 6768 | iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; |
| 6769 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++) |
| 6770 | { |
| 6771 | Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux; |
| 6772 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux; |
| 6773 | unsigned int j; |
| 6774 | |
| 6775 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); |
| 6776 | |
| 6777 | if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0) |
| 6778 | { |
| 6779 | error_return_verdef: |
| 6780 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL; |
| 6781 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0; |
| 6782 | goto error_return; |
| 6783 | } |
| 6784 | |
| 6785 | iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1]; |
| 6786 | memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); |
| 6787 | |
| 6788 | iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd; |
| 6789 | |
| 6790 | if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0) |
| 6791 | iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL; |
| 6792 | else |
| 6793 | { |
| 6794 | iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt, |
| 6795 | sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux)); |
| 6796 | if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL) |
| 6797 | goto error_return_verdef; |
| 6798 | } |
| 6799 | |
| 6800 | if (iverdef->vd_aux |
| 6801 | > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef)) |
| 6802 | goto error_return_verdef; |
| 6803 | |
| 6804 | everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) |
| 6805 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux)); |
| 6806 | iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr; |
| 6807 | for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++) |
| 6808 | { |
| 6809 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux); |
| 6810 | |
| 6811 | iverdaux->vda_nodename = |
| 6812 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, |
| 6813 | iverdaux->vda_name); |
| 6814 | if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL) |
| 6815 | goto error_return_verdef; |
| 6816 | |
| 6817 | if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt) |
| 6818 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1; |
| 6819 | else |
| 6820 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL; |
| 6821 | |
| 6822 | if (iverdaux->vda_next |
| 6823 | > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux)) |
| 6824 | goto error_return_verdef; |
| 6825 | |
| 6826 | everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) |
| 6827 | ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next)); |
| 6828 | } |
| 6829 | |
| 6830 | if (iverdef->vd_cnt) |
| 6831 | iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename; |
| 6832 | |
| 6833 | if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx) |
| 6834 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1; |
| 6835 | else |
| 6836 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL; |
| 6837 | |
| 6838 | everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) |
| 6839 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next)); |
| 6840 | } |
| 6841 | |
| 6842 | free (contents); |
| 6843 | contents = NULL; |
| 6844 | } |
| 6845 | else if (default_imported_symver) |
| 6846 | { |
| 6847 | if (freeidx < 3) |
| 6848 | freeidx = 3; |
| 6849 | else |
| 6850 | freeidx++; |
| 6851 | |
| 6852 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx, |
| 6853 | sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); |
| 6854 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) |
| 6855 | goto error_return; |
| 6856 | |
| 6857 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx; |
| 6858 | } |
| 6859 | |
| 6860 | /* Create a default version based on the soname. */ |
| 6861 | if (default_imported_symver) |
| 6862 | { |
| 6863 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef; |
| 6864 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux; |
| 6865 | |
| 6866 | iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];; |
| 6867 | |
| 6868 | iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT; |
| 6869 | iverdef->vd_flags = 0; |
| 6870 | iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx; |
| 6871 | iverdef->vd_cnt = 1; |
| 6872 | |
| 6873 | iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd; |
| 6874 | |
| 6875 | iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd); |
| 6876 | if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL) |
| 6877 | goto error_return_verdef; |
| 6878 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL; |
| 6879 | iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux)); |
| 6880 | if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL) |
| 6881 | goto error_return_verdef; |
| 6882 | |
| 6883 | iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr; |
| 6884 | iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename; |
| 6885 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL; |
| 6886 | } |
| 6887 | |
| 6888 | return TRUE; |
| 6889 | |
| 6890 | error_return: |
| 6891 | if (contents != NULL) |
| 6892 | free (contents); |
| 6893 | return FALSE; |
| 6894 | } |
| 6895 | \f |
| 6896 | asymbol * |
| 6897 | _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd) |
| 6898 | { |
| 6899 | elf_symbol_type *newsym; |
| 6900 | bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type); |
| 6901 | |
| 6902 | newsym = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
| 6903 | if (!newsym) |
| 6904 | return NULL; |
| 6905 | else |
| 6906 | { |
| 6907 | newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd; |
| 6908 | return &newsym->symbol; |
| 6909 | } |
| 6910 | } |
| 6911 | |
| 6912 | void |
| 6913 | _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 6914 | asymbol *symbol, |
| 6915 | symbol_info *ret) |
| 6916 | { |
| 6917 | bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret); |
| 6918 | } |
| 6919 | |
| 6920 | /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets |
| 6921 | use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some |
| 6922 | override it. */ |
| 6923 | |
| 6924 | bfd_boolean |
| 6925 | _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 6926 | const char *name) |
| 6927 | { |
| 6928 | /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */ |
| 6929 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L') |
| 6930 | return TRUE; |
| 6931 | |
| 6932 | /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate |
| 6933 | DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */ |
| 6934 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.') |
| 6935 | return TRUE; |
| 6936 | |
| 6937 | /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when |
| 6938 | emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a |
| 6939 | small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call |
| 6940 | ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading |
| 6941 | underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use, |
| 6942 | we treat such symbols as local. */ |
| 6943 | if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_') |
| 6944 | return TRUE; |
| 6945 | |
| 6946 | return FALSE; |
| 6947 | } |
| 6948 | |
| 6949 | alent * |
| 6950 | _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 6951 | asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 6952 | { |
| 6953 | abort (); |
| 6954 | return NULL; |
| 6955 | } |
| 6956 | |
| 6957 | bfd_boolean |
| 6958 | _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd, |
| 6959 | enum bfd_architecture arch, |
| 6960 | unsigned long machine) |
| 6961 | { |
| 6962 | /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this |
| 6963 | isn't the generic backend, fail. */ |
| 6964 | if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch |
| 6965 | && arch != bfd_arch_unknown |
| 6966 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown) |
| 6967 | return FALSE; |
| 6968 | |
| 6969 | return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine); |
| 6970 | } |
| 6971 | |
| 6972 | /* Find the function to a particular section and offset, |
| 6973 | for error reporting. */ |
| 6974 | |
| 6975 | static bfd_boolean |
| 6976 | elf_find_function (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 6977 | asection *section, |
| 6978 | asymbol **symbols, |
| 6979 | bfd_vma offset, |
| 6980 | const char **filename_ptr, |
| 6981 | const char **functionname_ptr) |
| 6982 | { |
| 6983 | const char *filename; |
| 6984 | asymbol *func, *file; |
| 6985 | bfd_vma low_func; |
| 6986 | asymbol **p; |
| 6987 | /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably |
| 6988 | choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are |
| 6989 | local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any |
| 6990 | global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a |
| 6991 | file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently |
| 6992 | ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to |
| 6993 | make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring |
| 6994 | file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */ |
| 6995 | enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state; |
| 6996 | |
| 6997 | filename = NULL; |
| 6998 | func = NULL; |
| 6999 | file = NULL; |
| 7000 | low_func = 0; |
| 7001 | state = nothing_seen; |
| 7002 | |
| 7003 | for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++) |
| 7004 | { |
| 7005 | elf_symbol_type *q; |
| 7006 | |
| 7007 | q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p; |
| 7008 | |
| 7009 | switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info)) |
| 7010 | { |
| 7011 | default: |
| 7012 | break; |
| 7013 | case STT_FILE: |
| 7014 | file = &q->symbol; |
| 7015 | if (state == symbol_seen) |
| 7016 | state = file_after_symbol_seen; |
| 7017 | continue; |
| 7018 | case STT_NOTYPE: |
| 7019 | case STT_FUNC: |
| 7020 | if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) == section |
| 7021 | && q->symbol.value >= low_func |
| 7022 | && q->symbol.value <= offset) |
| 7023 | { |
| 7024 | func = (asymbol *) q; |
| 7025 | low_func = q->symbol.value; |
| 7026 | filename = NULL; |
| 7027 | if (file != NULL |
| 7028 | && (ELF_ST_BIND (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STB_LOCAL |
| 7029 | || state != file_after_symbol_seen)) |
| 7030 | filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file); |
| 7031 | } |
| 7032 | break; |
| 7033 | } |
| 7034 | if (state == nothing_seen) |
| 7035 | state = symbol_seen; |
| 7036 | } |
| 7037 | |
| 7038 | if (func == NULL) |
| 7039 | return FALSE; |
| 7040 | |
| 7041 | if (filename_ptr) |
| 7042 | *filename_ptr = filename; |
| 7043 | if (functionname_ptr) |
| 7044 | *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func); |
| 7045 | |
| 7046 | return TRUE; |
| 7047 | } |
| 7048 | |
| 7049 | /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset, |
| 7050 | for error reporting. */ |
| 7051 | |
| 7052 | bfd_boolean |
| 7053 | _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, |
| 7054 | asection *section, |
| 7055 | asymbol **symbols, |
| 7056 | bfd_vma offset, |
| 7057 | const char **filename_ptr, |
| 7058 | const char **functionname_ptr, |
| 7059 | unsigned int *line_ptr) |
| 7060 | { |
| 7061 | bfd_boolean found; |
| 7062 | |
| 7063 | if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
| 7064 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, |
| 7065 | line_ptr)) |
| 7066 | { |
| 7067 | if (!*functionname_ptr) |
| 7068 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
| 7069 | *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr, |
| 7070 | functionname_ptr); |
| 7071 | |
| 7072 | return TRUE; |
| 7073 | } |
| 7074 | |
| 7075 | if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
| 7076 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, |
| 7077 | line_ptr, 0, |
| 7078 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info)) |
| 7079 | { |
| 7080 | if (!*functionname_ptr) |
| 7081 | elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
| 7082 | *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr, |
| 7083 | functionname_ptr); |
| 7084 | |
| 7085 | return TRUE; |
| 7086 | } |
| 7087 | |
| 7088 | if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset, |
| 7089 | &found, filename_ptr, |
| 7090 | functionname_ptr, line_ptr, |
| 7091 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info)) |
| 7092 | return FALSE; |
| 7093 | if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr)) |
| 7094 | return TRUE; |
| 7095 | |
| 7096 | if (symbols == NULL) |
| 7097 | return FALSE; |
| 7098 | |
| 7099 | if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset, |
| 7100 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr)) |
| 7101 | return FALSE; |
| 7102 | |
| 7103 | *line_ptr = 0; |
| 7104 | return TRUE; |
| 7105 | } |
| 7106 | |
| 7107 | /* Find the line for a symbol. */ |
| 7108 | |
| 7109 | bfd_boolean |
| 7110 | _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol, |
| 7111 | const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr) |
| 7112 | { |
| 7113 | return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol, |
| 7114 | filename_ptr, line_ptr, 0, |
| 7115 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info); |
| 7116 | } |
| 7117 | |
| 7118 | /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to |
| 7119 | bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about |
| 7120 | each level of function inlining that terminated at the address |
| 7121 | passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported |
| 7122 | for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */ |
| 7123 | |
| 7124 | bfd_boolean |
| 7125 | _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd, |
| 7126 | const char **filename_ptr, |
| 7127 | const char **functionname_ptr, |
| 7128 | unsigned int *line_ptr) |
| 7129 | { |
| 7130 | bfd_boolean found; |
| 7131 | found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr, |
| 7132 | functionname_ptr, line_ptr, |
| 7133 | & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info); |
| 7134 | return found; |
| 7135 | } |
| 7136 | |
| 7137 | int |
| 7138 | _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
| 7139 | { |
| 7140 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 7141 | int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
| 7142 | |
| 7143 | if (!info->relocatable) |
| 7144 | { |
| 7145 | bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size; |
| 7146 | |
| 7147 | if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1) |
| 7148 | { |
| 7149 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
| 7150 | |
| 7151 | phdr_size = 0; |
| 7152 | for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) |
| 7153 | phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
| 7154 | |
| 7155 | if (phdr_size == 0) |
| 7156 | phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info); |
| 7157 | } |
| 7158 | |
| 7159 | elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = phdr_size; |
| 7160 | ret += phdr_size; |
| 7161 | } |
| 7162 | |
| 7163 | return ret; |
| 7164 | } |
| 7165 | |
| 7166 | bfd_boolean |
| 7167 | _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, |
| 7168 | sec_ptr section, |
| 7169 | const void *location, |
| 7170 | file_ptr offset, |
| 7171 | bfd_size_type count) |
| 7172 | { |
| 7173 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 7174 | bfd_signed_vma pos; |
| 7175 | |
| 7176 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun |
| 7177 | && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL)) |
| 7178 | return FALSE; |
| 7179 | |
| 7180 | hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr; |
| 7181 | pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset; |
| 7182 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
| 7183 | || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count) |
| 7184 | return FALSE; |
| 7185 | |
| 7186 | return TRUE; |
| 7187 | } |
| 7188 | |
| 7189 | void |
| 7190 | _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 7191 | arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 7192 | Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 7193 | { |
| 7194 | abort (); |
| 7195 | } |
| 7196 | |
| 7197 | /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */ |
| 7198 | |
| 7199 | bfd_boolean |
| 7200 | _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc) |
| 7201 | { |
| 7202 | /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */ |
| 7203 | |
| 7204 | if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec) |
| 7205 | { |
| 7206 | bfd_reloc_code_real_type code; |
| 7207 | reloc_howto_type *howto; |
| 7208 | |
| 7209 | /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an |
| 7210 | equivalent ELF reloc. */ |
| 7211 | |
| 7212 | if (areloc->howto->pc_relative) |
| 7213 | { |
| 7214 | switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) |
| 7215 | { |
| 7216 | case 8: |
| 7217 | code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL; |
| 7218 | break; |
| 7219 | case 12: |
| 7220 | code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL; |
| 7221 | break; |
| 7222 | case 16: |
| 7223 | code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL; |
| 7224 | break; |
| 7225 | case 24: |
| 7226 | code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL; |
| 7227 | break; |
| 7228 | case 32: |
| 7229 | code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL; |
| 7230 | break; |
| 7231 | case 64: |
| 7232 | code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL; |
| 7233 | break; |
| 7234 | default: |
| 7235 | goto fail; |
| 7236 | } |
| 7237 | |
| 7238 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); |
| 7239 | |
| 7240 | if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset) |
| 7241 | { |
| 7242 | if (howto->pcrel_offset) |
| 7243 | areloc->addend += areloc->address; |
| 7244 | else |
| 7245 | areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */ |
| 7246 | } |
| 7247 | } |
| 7248 | else |
| 7249 | { |
| 7250 | switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) |
| 7251 | { |
| 7252 | case 8: |
| 7253 | code = BFD_RELOC_8; |
| 7254 | break; |
| 7255 | case 14: |
| 7256 | code = BFD_RELOC_14; |
| 7257 | break; |
| 7258 | case 16: |
| 7259 | code = BFD_RELOC_16; |
| 7260 | break; |
| 7261 | case 26: |
| 7262 | code = BFD_RELOC_26; |
| 7263 | break; |
| 7264 | case 32: |
| 7265 | code = BFD_RELOC_32; |
| 7266 | break; |
| 7267 | case 64: |
| 7268 | code = BFD_RELOC_64; |
| 7269 | break; |
| 7270 | default: |
| 7271 | goto fail; |
| 7272 | } |
| 7273 | |
| 7274 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); |
| 7275 | } |
| 7276 | |
| 7277 | if (howto) |
| 7278 | areloc->howto = howto; |
| 7279 | else |
| 7280 | goto fail; |
| 7281 | } |
| 7282 | |
| 7283 | return TRUE; |
| 7284 | |
| 7285 | fail: |
| 7286 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
| 7287 | (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"), |
| 7288 | abfd, areloc->howto->name); |
| 7289 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
| 7290 | return FALSE; |
| 7291 | } |
| 7292 | |
| 7293 | bfd_boolean |
| 7294 | _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd) |
| 7295 | { |
| 7296 | if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object) |
| 7297 | { |
| 7298 | if (elf_tdata (abfd) != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL) |
| 7299 | _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); |
| 7300 | _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd); |
| 7301 | } |
| 7302 | |
| 7303 | return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd); |
| 7304 | } |
| 7305 | |
| 7306 | /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY |
| 7307 | in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity |
| 7308 | range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing |
| 7309 | this reloc. */ |
| 7310 | |
| 7311 | bfd_reloc_status_type |
| 7312 | _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn |
| 7313 | (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 7314 | struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 7315 | void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 7316 | bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 7317 | { |
| 7318 | return bfd_reloc_ok; |
| 7319 | } |
| 7320 | \f |
| 7321 | /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native |
| 7322 | toolchains, since we rely on knowing the |
| 7323 | machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick |
| 7324 | out details about the corefile. */ |
| 7325 | |
| 7326 | #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H |
| 7327 | # include <sys/procfs.h> |
| 7328 | #endif |
| 7329 | |
| 7330 | /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */ |
| 7331 | |
| 7332 | static int |
| 7333 | elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd) |
| 7334 | { |
| 7335 | return ((elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid << 16) |
| 7336 | + (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid)); |
| 7337 | } |
| 7338 | |
| 7339 | /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using |
| 7340 | data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a |
| 7341 | reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or |
| 7342 | overwrite it. */ |
| 7343 | |
| 7344 | static bfd_boolean |
| 7345 | elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect) |
| 7346 | { |
| 7347 | asection *sect2; |
| 7348 | |
| 7349 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL) |
| 7350 | return TRUE; |
| 7351 | |
| 7352 | sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags); |
| 7353 | if (sect2 == NULL) |
| 7354 | return FALSE; |
| 7355 | |
| 7356 | sect2->size = sect->size; |
| 7357 | sect2->filepos = sect->filepos; |
| 7358 | sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power; |
| 7359 | return TRUE; |
| 7360 | } |
| 7361 | |
| 7362 | /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This |
| 7363 | actually creates up to two pseudosections: |
| 7364 | - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless |
| 7365 | such a section already exists. |
| 7366 | - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where |
| 7367 | PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd). |
| 7368 | Both pseudosections have identical contents. */ |
| 7369 | bfd_boolean |
| 7370 | _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd, |
| 7371 | char *name, |
| 7372 | size_t size, |
| 7373 | ufile_ptr filepos) |
| 7374 | { |
| 7375 | char buf[100]; |
| 7376 | char *threaded_name; |
| 7377 | size_t len; |
| 7378 | asection *sect; |
| 7379 | |
| 7380 | /* Build the section name. */ |
| 7381 | |
| 7382 | sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); |
| 7383 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
| 7384 | threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| 7385 | if (threaded_name == NULL) |
| 7386 | return FALSE; |
| 7387 | memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len); |
| 7388 | |
| 7389 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name, |
| 7390 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| 7391 | if (sect == NULL) |
| 7392 | return FALSE; |
| 7393 | sect->size = size; |
| 7394 | sect->filepos = filepos; |
| 7395 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| 7396 | |
| 7397 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect); |
| 7398 | } |
| 7399 | |
| 7400 | /* prstatus_t exists on: |
| 7401 | solaris 2.5+ |
| 7402 | linux 2.[01] + glibc |
| 7403 | unixware 4.2 |
| 7404 | */ |
| 7405 | |
| 7406 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) |
| 7407 | |
| 7408 | static bfd_boolean |
| 7409 | elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 7410 | { |
| 7411 | size_t size; |
| 7412 | int offset; |
| 7413 | |
| 7414 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t)) |
| 7415 | { |
| 7416 | prstatus_t prstat; |
| 7417 | |
| 7418 | size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); |
| 7419 | offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg); |
| 7420 | memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); |
| 7421 | |
| 7422 | /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it |
| 7423 | has already been set by another thread. */ |
| 7424 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0) |
| 7425 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig; |
| 7426 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid; |
| 7427 | |
| 7428 | /* pr_who exists on: |
| 7429 | solaris 2.5+ |
| 7430 | unixware 4.2 |
| 7431 | pr_who doesn't exist on: |
| 7432 | linux 2.[01] |
| 7433 | */ |
| 7434 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO) |
| 7435 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who; |
| 7436 | #endif |
| 7437 | } |
| 7438 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T) |
| 7439 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t)) |
| 7440 | { |
| 7441 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ |
| 7442 | prstatus32_t prstat; |
| 7443 | |
| 7444 | size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); |
| 7445 | offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg); |
| 7446 | memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); |
| 7447 | |
| 7448 | /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it |
| 7449 | has already been set by another thread. */ |
| 7450 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0) |
| 7451 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig; |
| 7452 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid; |
| 7453 | |
| 7454 | /* pr_who exists on: |
| 7455 | solaris 2.5+ |
| 7456 | unixware 4.2 |
| 7457 | pr_who doesn't exist on: |
| 7458 | linux 2.[01] |
| 7459 | */ |
| 7460 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO) |
| 7461 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who; |
| 7462 | #endif |
| 7463 | } |
| 7464 | #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */ |
| 7465 | else |
| 7466 | { |
| 7467 | /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other |
| 7468 | note size (ie. data object type). */ |
| 7469 | return TRUE; |
| 7470 | } |
| 7471 | |
| 7472 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */ |
| 7473 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", |
| 7474 | size, note->descpos + offset); |
| 7475 | } |
| 7476 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */ |
| 7477 | |
| 7478 | /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */ |
| 7479 | static bfd_boolean |
| 7480 | elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd, |
| 7481 | char *name, |
| 7482 | Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 7483 | { |
| 7484 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name, |
| 7485 | note->descsz, note->descpos); |
| 7486 | } |
| 7487 | |
| 7488 | /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms, |
| 7489 | but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this |
| 7490 | data structure apart. */ |
| 7491 | |
| 7492 | static bfd_boolean |
| 7493 | elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 7494 | { |
| 7495 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); |
| 7496 | } |
| 7497 | |
| 7498 | /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note |
| 7499 | type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents |
| 7500 | literally. */ |
| 7501 | |
| 7502 | static bfd_boolean |
| 7503 | elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 7504 | { |
| 7505 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note); |
| 7506 | } |
| 7507 | |
| 7508 | static bfd_boolean |
| 7509 | elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 7510 | { |
| 7511 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note); |
| 7512 | } |
| 7513 | |
| 7514 | |
| 7515 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) |
| 7516 | typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; |
| 7517 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ |
| 7518 | typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; |
| 7519 | #endif |
| 7520 | #endif |
| 7521 | |
| 7522 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
| 7523 | typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; |
| 7524 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ |
| 7525 | typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; |
| 7526 | #endif |
| 7527 | #endif |
| 7528 | |
| 7529 | /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at |
| 7530 | most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'. |
| 7531 | the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */ |
| 7532 | |
| 7533 | char * |
| 7534 | _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max) |
| 7535 | { |
| 7536 | char *dups; |
| 7537 | char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max); |
| 7538 | size_t len; |
| 7539 | |
| 7540 | if (end == NULL) |
| 7541 | len = max; |
| 7542 | else |
| 7543 | len = end - start; |
| 7544 | |
| 7545 | dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1); |
| 7546 | if (dups == NULL) |
| 7547 | return NULL; |
| 7548 | |
| 7549 | memcpy (dups, start, len); |
| 7550 | dups[len] = '\0'; |
| 7551 | |
| 7552 | return dups; |
| 7553 | } |
| 7554 | |
| 7555 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
| 7556 | static bfd_boolean |
| 7557 | elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 7558 | { |
| 7559 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t)) |
| 7560 | { |
| 7561 | elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo; |
| 7562 | |
| 7563 | memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); |
| 7564 | |
| 7565 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program |
| 7566 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, |
| 7567 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); |
| 7568 | |
| 7569 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command |
| 7570 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, |
| 7571 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); |
| 7572 | } |
| 7573 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) |
| 7574 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t)) |
| 7575 | { |
| 7576 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ |
| 7577 | elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo; |
| 7578 | |
| 7579 | memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); |
| 7580 | |
| 7581 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program |
| 7582 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, |
| 7583 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); |
| 7584 | |
| 7585 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command |
| 7586 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, |
| 7587 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); |
| 7588 | } |
| 7589 | #endif |
| 7590 | |
| 7591 | else |
| 7592 | { |
| 7593 | /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other |
| 7594 | note size (ie. data object type). */ |
| 7595 | return TRUE; |
| 7596 | } |
| 7597 | |
| 7598 | /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked |
| 7599 | onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) |
| 7600 | implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */ |
| 7601 | |
| 7602 | { |
| 7603 | char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command; |
| 7604 | int n = strlen (command); |
| 7605 | |
| 7606 | if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') |
| 7607 | command[n - 1] = '\0'; |
| 7608 | } |
| 7609 | |
| 7610 | return TRUE; |
| 7611 | } |
| 7612 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */ |
| 7613 | |
| 7614 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) |
| 7615 | static bfd_boolean |
| 7616 | elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 7617 | { |
| 7618 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t) |
| 7619 | #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T) |
| 7620 | || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t) |
| 7621 | #endif |
| 7622 | ) |
| 7623 | { |
| 7624 | pstatus_t pstat; |
| 7625 | |
| 7626 | memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); |
| 7627 | |
| 7628 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid; |
| 7629 | } |
| 7630 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T) |
| 7631 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t)) |
| 7632 | { |
| 7633 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ |
| 7634 | pstatus32_t pstat; |
| 7635 | |
| 7636 | memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); |
| 7637 | |
| 7638 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid; |
| 7639 | } |
| 7640 | #endif |
| 7641 | /* Could grab some more details from the "representative" |
| 7642 | lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an |
| 7643 | NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */ |
| 7644 | |
| 7645 | return TRUE; |
| 7646 | } |
| 7647 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */ |
| 7648 | |
| 7649 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) |
| 7650 | static bfd_boolean |
| 7651 | elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 7652 | { |
| 7653 | lwpstatus_t lwpstat; |
| 7654 | char buf[100]; |
| 7655 | char *name; |
| 7656 | size_t len; |
| 7657 | asection *sect; |
| 7658 | |
| 7659 | if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat) |
| 7660 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T) |
| 7661 | && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t) |
| 7662 | #endif |
| 7663 | ) |
| 7664 | return TRUE; |
| 7665 | |
| 7666 | memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat)); |
| 7667 | |
| 7668 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid; |
| 7669 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig; |
| 7670 | |
| 7671 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ |
| 7672 | |
| 7673 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); |
| 7674 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
| 7675 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| 7676 | if (name == NULL) |
| 7677 | return FALSE; |
| 7678 | memcpy (name, buf, len); |
| 7679 | |
| 7680 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| 7681 | if (sect == NULL) |
| 7682 | return FALSE; |
| 7683 | |
| 7684 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) |
| 7685 | sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); |
| 7686 | sect->filepos = note->descpos |
| 7687 | + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); |
| 7688 | #endif |
| 7689 | |
| 7690 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG) |
| 7691 | sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg); |
| 7692 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg); |
| 7693 | #endif |
| 7694 | |
| 7695 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| 7696 | |
| 7697 | if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) |
| 7698 | return FALSE; |
| 7699 | |
| 7700 | /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */ |
| 7701 | |
| 7702 | sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); |
| 7703 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
| 7704 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| 7705 | if (name == NULL) |
| 7706 | return FALSE; |
| 7707 | memcpy (name, buf, len); |
| 7708 | |
| 7709 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| 7710 | if (sect == NULL) |
| 7711 | return FALSE; |
| 7712 | |
| 7713 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) |
| 7714 | sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs); |
| 7715 | sect->filepos = note->descpos |
| 7716 | + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs); |
| 7717 | #endif |
| 7718 | |
| 7719 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG) |
| 7720 | sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg); |
| 7721 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg); |
| 7722 | #endif |
| 7723 | |
| 7724 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| 7725 | |
| 7726 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect); |
| 7727 | } |
| 7728 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */ |
| 7729 | |
| 7730 | static bfd_boolean |
| 7731 | elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 7732 | { |
| 7733 | char buf[30]; |
| 7734 | char *name; |
| 7735 | size_t len; |
| 7736 | asection *sect; |
| 7737 | int type; |
| 7738 | int is_active_thread; |
| 7739 | bfd_vma base_addr; |
| 7740 | |
| 7741 | if (note->descsz < 728) |
| 7742 | return TRUE; |
| 7743 | |
| 7744 | if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32")) |
| 7745 | return TRUE; |
| 7746 | |
| 7747 | type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata); |
| 7748 | |
| 7749 | switch (type) |
| 7750 | { |
| 7751 | case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */: |
| 7752 | /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */ |
| 7753 | /* process_info.pid */ |
| 7754 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8); |
| 7755 | /* process_info.signal */ |
| 7756 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); |
| 7757 | break; |
| 7758 | |
| 7759 | case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */: |
| 7760 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ |
| 7761 | /* thread_info.tid */ |
| 7762 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8)); |
| 7763 | |
| 7764 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
| 7765 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| 7766 | if (name == NULL) |
| 7767 | return FALSE; |
| 7768 | |
| 7769 | memcpy (name, buf, len); |
| 7770 | |
| 7771 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| 7772 | if (sect == NULL) |
| 7773 | return FALSE; |
| 7774 | |
| 7775 | /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */ |
| 7776 | sect->size = 716; |
| 7777 | /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */ |
| 7778 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12; |
| 7779 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| 7780 | |
| 7781 | /* thread_info.is_active_thread */ |
| 7782 | is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8); |
| 7783 | |
| 7784 | if (is_active_thread) |
| 7785 | if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) |
| 7786 | return FALSE; |
| 7787 | break; |
| 7788 | |
| 7789 | case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */: |
| 7790 | /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */ |
| 7791 | /* module_info.base_address */ |
| 7792 | base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4); |
| 7793 | sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (long) base_addr); |
| 7794 | |
| 7795 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
| 7796 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| 7797 | if (name == NULL) |
| 7798 | return FALSE; |
| 7799 | |
| 7800 | memcpy (name, buf, len); |
| 7801 | |
| 7802 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| 7803 | |
| 7804 | if (sect == NULL) |
| 7805 | return FALSE; |
| 7806 | |
| 7807 | sect->size = note->descsz; |
| 7808 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
| 7809 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| 7810 | break; |
| 7811 | |
| 7812 | default: |
| 7813 | return TRUE; |
| 7814 | } |
| 7815 | |
| 7816 | return TRUE; |
| 7817 | } |
| 7818 | |
| 7819 | static bfd_boolean |
| 7820 | elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 7821 | { |
| 7822 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 7823 | |
| 7824 | switch (note->type) |
| 7825 | { |
| 7826 | default: |
| 7827 | return TRUE; |
| 7828 | |
| 7829 | case NT_PRSTATUS: |
| 7830 | if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) |
| 7831 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note)) |
| 7832 | return TRUE; |
| 7833 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) |
| 7834 | return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note); |
| 7835 | #else |
| 7836 | return TRUE; |
| 7837 | #endif |
| 7838 | |
| 7839 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) |
| 7840 | case NT_PSTATUS: |
| 7841 | return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note); |
| 7842 | #endif |
| 7843 | |
| 7844 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) |
| 7845 | case NT_LWPSTATUS: |
| 7846 | return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note); |
| 7847 | #endif |
| 7848 | |
| 7849 | case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */ |
| 7850 | return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note); |
| 7851 | |
| 7852 | case NT_WIN32PSTATUS: |
| 7853 | return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note); |
| 7854 | |
| 7855 | case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */ |
| 7856 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
| 7857 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
| 7858 | return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note); |
| 7859 | else |
| 7860 | return TRUE; |
| 7861 | |
| 7862 | case NT_PPC_VMX: |
| 7863 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
| 7864 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
| 7865 | return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note); |
| 7866 | else |
| 7867 | return TRUE; |
| 7868 | |
| 7869 | case NT_PRPSINFO: |
| 7870 | case NT_PSINFO: |
| 7871 | if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) |
| 7872 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note)) |
| 7873 | return TRUE; |
| 7874 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
| 7875 | return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note); |
| 7876 | #else |
| 7877 | return TRUE; |
| 7878 | #endif |
| 7879 | |
| 7880 | case NT_AUXV: |
| 7881 | { |
| 7882 | asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv", |
| 7883 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| 7884 | |
| 7885 | if (sect == NULL) |
| 7886 | return FALSE; |
| 7887 | sect->size = note->descsz; |
| 7888 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
| 7889 | sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; |
| 7890 | |
| 7891 | return TRUE; |
| 7892 | } |
| 7893 | } |
| 7894 | } |
| 7895 | |
| 7896 | static bfd_boolean |
| 7897 | elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 7898 | { |
| 7899 | elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id_size = note->descsz; |
| 7900 | elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id = bfd_alloc (abfd, note->descsz); |
| 7901 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id == NULL) |
| 7902 | return FALSE; |
| 7903 | |
| 7904 | memcpy (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id, note->descdata, note->descsz); |
| 7905 | |
| 7906 | return TRUE; |
| 7907 | } |
| 7908 | |
| 7909 | static bfd_boolean |
| 7910 | elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 7911 | { |
| 7912 | switch (note->type) |
| 7913 | { |
| 7914 | default: |
| 7915 | return TRUE; |
| 7916 | |
| 7917 | case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID: |
| 7918 | return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note); |
| 7919 | } |
| 7920 | } |
| 7921 | |
| 7922 | static bfd_boolean |
| 7923 | elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp) |
| 7924 | { |
| 7925 | char *cp; |
| 7926 | |
| 7927 | cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@'); |
| 7928 | if (cp != NULL) |
| 7929 | { |
| 7930 | *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1); |
| 7931 | return TRUE; |
| 7932 | } |
| 7933 | return FALSE; |
| 7934 | } |
| 7935 | |
| 7936 | static bfd_boolean |
| 7937 | elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 7938 | { |
| 7939 | /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */ |
| 7940 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal |
| 7941 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08); |
| 7942 | |
| 7943 | /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */ |
| 7944 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid |
| 7945 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50); |
| 7946 | |
| 7947 | /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */ |
| 7948 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command |
| 7949 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31); |
| 7950 | |
| 7951 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo", |
| 7952 | note); |
| 7953 | } |
| 7954 | |
| 7955 | static bfd_boolean |
| 7956 | elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 7957 | { |
| 7958 | int lwp; |
| 7959 | |
| 7960 | if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp)) |
| 7961 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp; |
| 7962 | |
| 7963 | if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO) |
| 7964 | { |
| 7965 | /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to |
| 7966 | find this note before any of the others, which is fine, |
| 7967 | since the kernel writes this note out first when it |
| 7968 | creates a core file. */ |
| 7969 | |
| 7970 | return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note); |
| 7971 | } |
| 7972 | |
| 7973 | /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes |
| 7974 | defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less |
| 7975 | than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't |
| 7976 | understand it. */ |
| 7977 | |
| 7978 | if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH) |
| 7979 | return TRUE; |
| 7980 | |
| 7981 | |
| 7982 | switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) |
| 7983 | { |
| 7984 | /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and |
| 7985 | PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */ |
| 7986 | |
| 7987 | case bfd_arch_alpha: |
| 7988 | case bfd_arch_sparc: |
| 7989 | switch (note->type) |
| 7990 | { |
| 7991 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0: |
| 7992 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); |
| 7993 | |
| 7994 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2: |
| 7995 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); |
| 7996 | |
| 7997 | default: |
| 7998 | return TRUE; |
| 7999 | } |
| 8000 | |
| 8001 | /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and |
| 8002 | PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */ |
| 8003 | |
| 8004 | default: |
| 8005 | switch (note->type) |
| 8006 | { |
| 8007 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1: |
| 8008 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); |
| 8009 | |
| 8010 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3: |
| 8011 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); |
| 8012 | |
| 8013 | default: |
| 8014 | return TRUE; |
| 8015 | } |
| 8016 | } |
| 8017 | /* NOTREACHED */ |
| 8018 | } |
| 8019 | |
| 8020 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8021 | elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid) |
| 8022 | { |
| 8023 | void *ddata = note->descdata; |
| 8024 | char buf[100]; |
| 8025 | char *name; |
| 8026 | asection *sect; |
| 8027 | short sig; |
| 8028 | unsigned flags; |
| 8029 | |
| 8030 | /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */ |
| 8031 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata); |
| 8032 | |
| 8033 | /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */ |
| 8034 | *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4); |
| 8035 | |
| 8036 | /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */ |
| 8037 | flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8); |
| 8038 | |
| 8039 | /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */ |
| 8040 | if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0) |
| 8041 | { |
| 8042 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig; |
| 8043 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid; |
| 8044 | } |
| 8045 | |
| 8046 | /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores |
| 8047 | do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current |
| 8048 | thread just in case. */ |
| 8049 | if (flags & 0x00000080) |
| 8050 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid; |
| 8051 | |
| 8052 | /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */ |
| 8053 | sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid); |
| 8054 | |
| 8055 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1); |
| 8056 | if (name == NULL) |
| 8057 | return FALSE; |
| 8058 | strcpy (name, buf); |
| 8059 | |
| 8060 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| 8061 | if (sect == NULL) |
| 8062 | return FALSE; |
| 8063 | |
| 8064 | sect->size = note->descsz; |
| 8065 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
| 8066 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| 8067 | |
| 8068 | return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect)); |
| 8069 | } |
| 8070 | |
| 8071 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8072 | elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd, |
| 8073 | Elf_Internal_Note *note, |
| 8074 | long tid, |
| 8075 | char *base) |
| 8076 | { |
| 8077 | char buf[100]; |
| 8078 | char *name; |
| 8079 | asection *sect; |
| 8080 | |
| 8081 | /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */ |
| 8082 | sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid); |
| 8083 | |
| 8084 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1); |
| 8085 | if (name == NULL) |
| 8086 | return FALSE; |
| 8087 | strcpy (name, buf); |
| 8088 | |
| 8089 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| 8090 | if (sect == NULL) |
| 8091 | return FALSE; |
| 8092 | |
| 8093 | sect->size = note->descsz; |
| 8094 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
| 8095 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
| 8096 | |
| 8097 | /* This is the current thread. */ |
| 8098 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid == tid) |
| 8099 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect); |
| 8100 | |
| 8101 | return TRUE; |
| 8102 | } |
| 8103 | |
| 8104 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7 |
| 8105 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8 |
| 8106 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9 |
| 8107 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10 |
| 8108 | |
| 8109 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8110 | elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8111 | { |
| 8112 | /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the |
| 8113 | tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs |
| 8114 | function. */ |
| 8115 | static long tid = 1; |
| 8116 | |
| 8117 | switch (note->type) |
| 8118 | { |
| 8119 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO: |
| 8120 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note); |
| 8121 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS: |
| 8122 | return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid); |
| 8123 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG: |
| 8124 | return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg"); |
| 8125 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG: |
| 8126 | return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2"); |
| 8127 | default: |
| 8128 | return TRUE; |
| 8129 | } |
| 8130 | } |
| 8131 | |
| 8132 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8133 | elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
| 8134 | { |
| 8135 | char *name; |
| 8136 | asection *sect; |
| 8137 | size_t len; |
| 8138 | |
| 8139 | /* Use note name as section name. */ |
| 8140 | len = note->namesz; |
| 8141 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
| 8142 | if (name == NULL) |
| 8143 | return FALSE; |
| 8144 | memcpy (name, note->namedata, len); |
| 8145 | name[len - 1] = '\0'; |
| 8146 | |
| 8147 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
| 8148 | if (sect == NULL) |
| 8149 | return FALSE; |
| 8150 | |
| 8151 | sect->size = note->descsz; |
| 8152 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
| 8153 | sect->alignment_power = 1; |
| 8154 | |
| 8155 | return TRUE; |
| 8156 | } |
| 8157 | |
| 8158 | /* Function: elfcore_write_note |
| 8159 | |
| 8160 | Inputs: |
| 8161 | buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer |
| 8162 | name of note |
| 8163 | type of note |
| 8164 | data for note |
| 8165 | size of data for note |
| 8166 | |
| 8167 | Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as |
| 8168 | for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying |
| 8169 | that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have |
| 8170 | 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same. |
| 8171 | |
| 8172 | Return: |
| 8173 | Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */ |
| 8174 | |
| 8175 | char * |
| 8176 | elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd, |
| 8177 | char *buf, |
| 8178 | int *bufsiz, |
| 8179 | const char *name, |
| 8180 | int type, |
| 8181 | const void *input, |
| 8182 | int size) |
| 8183 | { |
| 8184 | Elf_External_Note *xnp; |
| 8185 | size_t namesz; |
| 8186 | size_t newspace; |
| 8187 | char *dest; |
| 8188 | |
| 8189 | namesz = 0; |
| 8190 | if (name != NULL) |
| 8191 | namesz = strlen (name) + 1; |
| 8192 | |
| 8193 | newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4); |
| 8194 | |
| 8195 | buf = realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace); |
| 8196 | if (buf == NULL) |
| 8197 | return buf; |
| 8198 | dest = buf + *bufsiz; |
| 8199 | *bufsiz += newspace; |
| 8200 | xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest; |
| 8201 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz); |
| 8202 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz); |
| 8203 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type); |
| 8204 | dest = xnp->name; |
| 8205 | if (name != NULL) |
| 8206 | { |
| 8207 | memcpy (dest, name, namesz); |
| 8208 | dest += namesz; |
| 8209 | while (namesz & 3) |
| 8210 | { |
| 8211 | *dest++ = '\0'; |
| 8212 | ++namesz; |
| 8213 | } |
| 8214 | } |
| 8215 | memcpy (dest, input, size); |
| 8216 | dest += size; |
| 8217 | while (size & 3) |
| 8218 | { |
| 8219 | *dest++ = '\0'; |
| 8220 | ++size; |
| 8221 | } |
| 8222 | return buf; |
| 8223 | } |
| 8224 | |
| 8225 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
| 8226 | char * |
| 8227 | elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd, |
| 8228 | char *buf, |
| 8229 | int *bufsiz, |
| 8230 | const char *fname, |
| 8231 | const char *psargs) |
| 8232 | { |
| 8233 | const char *note_name = "CORE"; |
| 8234 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 8235 | |
| 8236 | if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL) |
| 8237 | { |
| 8238 | char *ret; |
| 8239 | ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 8240 | NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs); |
| 8241 | if (ret != NULL) |
| 8242 | return ret; |
| 8243 | } |
| 8244 | |
| 8245 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) |
| 8246 | if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) |
| 8247 | { |
| 8248 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) |
| 8249 | psinfo32_t data; |
| 8250 | int note_type = NT_PSINFO; |
| 8251 | #else |
| 8252 | prpsinfo32_t data; |
| 8253 | int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO; |
| 8254 | #endif |
| 8255 | |
| 8256 | memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); |
| 8257 | strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname)); |
| 8258 | strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs)); |
| 8259 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 8260 | note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data)); |
| 8261 | } |
| 8262 | else |
| 8263 | #endif |
| 8264 | { |
| 8265 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
| 8266 | psinfo_t data; |
| 8267 | int note_type = NT_PSINFO; |
| 8268 | #else |
| 8269 | prpsinfo_t data; |
| 8270 | int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO; |
| 8271 | #endif |
| 8272 | |
| 8273 | memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); |
| 8274 | strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname)); |
| 8275 | strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs)); |
| 8276 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 8277 | note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data)); |
| 8278 | } |
| 8279 | } |
| 8280 | #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */ |
| 8281 | |
| 8282 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) |
| 8283 | char * |
| 8284 | elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd, |
| 8285 | char *buf, |
| 8286 | int *bufsiz, |
| 8287 | long pid, |
| 8288 | int cursig, |
| 8289 | const void *gregs) |
| 8290 | { |
| 8291 | const char *note_name = "CORE"; |
| 8292 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 8293 | |
| 8294 | if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL) |
| 8295 | { |
| 8296 | char *ret; |
| 8297 | ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 8298 | NT_PRSTATUS, |
| 8299 | pid, cursig, gregs); |
| 8300 | if (ret != NULL) |
| 8301 | return ret; |
| 8302 | } |
| 8303 | |
| 8304 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T) |
| 8305 | if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) |
| 8306 | { |
| 8307 | prstatus32_t prstat; |
| 8308 | |
| 8309 | memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat)); |
| 8310 | prstat.pr_pid = pid; |
| 8311 | prstat.pr_cursig = cursig; |
| 8312 | memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg)); |
| 8313 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, |
| 8314 | NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat)); |
| 8315 | } |
| 8316 | else |
| 8317 | #endif |
| 8318 | { |
| 8319 | prstatus_t prstat; |
| 8320 | |
| 8321 | memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat)); |
| 8322 | prstat.pr_pid = pid; |
| 8323 | prstat.pr_cursig = cursig; |
| 8324 | memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg)); |
| 8325 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, |
| 8326 | NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat)); |
| 8327 | } |
| 8328 | } |
| 8329 | #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */ |
| 8330 | |
| 8331 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) |
| 8332 | char * |
| 8333 | elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, |
| 8334 | char *buf, |
| 8335 | int *bufsiz, |
| 8336 | long pid, |
| 8337 | int cursig, |
| 8338 | const void *gregs) |
| 8339 | { |
| 8340 | lwpstatus_t lwpstat; |
| 8341 | const char *note_name = "CORE"; |
| 8342 | |
| 8343 | memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat)); |
| 8344 | lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16; |
| 8345 | lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig; |
| 8346 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG) |
| 8347 | memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg)); |
| 8348 | #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) |
| 8349 | #if !defined(gregs) |
| 8350 | memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs, |
| 8351 | gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs)); |
| 8352 | #else |
| 8353 | memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs, |
| 8354 | gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs)); |
| 8355 | #endif |
| 8356 | #endif |
| 8357 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, |
| 8358 | NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat)); |
| 8359 | } |
| 8360 | #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */ |
| 8361 | |
| 8362 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) |
| 8363 | char * |
| 8364 | elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd, |
| 8365 | char *buf, |
| 8366 | int *bufsiz, |
| 8367 | long pid, |
| 8368 | int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 8369 | const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 8370 | { |
| 8371 | const char *note_name = "CORE"; |
| 8372 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T) |
| 8373 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 8374 | |
| 8375 | if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) |
| 8376 | { |
| 8377 | pstatus32_t pstat; |
| 8378 | |
| 8379 | memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat)); |
| 8380 | pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff; |
| 8381 | buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, |
| 8382 | NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat)); |
| 8383 | return buf; |
| 8384 | } |
| 8385 | else |
| 8386 | #endif |
| 8387 | { |
| 8388 | pstatus_t pstat; |
| 8389 | |
| 8390 | memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat)); |
| 8391 | pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff; |
| 8392 | buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, |
| 8393 | NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat)); |
| 8394 | return buf; |
| 8395 | } |
| 8396 | } |
| 8397 | #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */ |
| 8398 | |
| 8399 | char * |
| 8400 | elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, |
| 8401 | char *buf, |
| 8402 | int *bufsiz, |
| 8403 | const void *fpregs, |
| 8404 | int size) |
| 8405 | { |
| 8406 | const char *note_name = "CORE"; |
| 8407 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 8408 | note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size); |
| 8409 | } |
| 8410 | |
| 8411 | char * |
| 8412 | elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, |
| 8413 | char *buf, |
| 8414 | int *bufsiz, |
| 8415 | const void *xfpregs, |
| 8416 | int size) |
| 8417 | { |
| 8418 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
| 8419 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 8420 | note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size); |
| 8421 | } |
| 8422 | |
| 8423 | char * |
| 8424 | elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, |
| 8425 | char *buf, |
| 8426 | int *bufsiz, |
| 8427 | const void *ppc_vmx, |
| 8428 | int size) |
| 8429 | { |
| 8430 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
| 8431 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
| 8432 | note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size); |
| 8433 | } |
| 8434 | |
| 8435 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8436 | elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset) |
| 8437 | { |
| 8438 | char *p; |
| 8439 | |
| 8440 | p = buf; |
| 8441 | while (p < buf + size) |
| 8442 | { |
| 8443 | /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */ |
| 8444 | Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p; |
| 8445 | Elf_Internal_Note in; |
| 8446 | |
| 8447 | in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type); |
| 8448 | |
| 8449 | in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz); |
| 8450 | in.namedata = xnp->name; |
| 8451 | |
| 8452 | in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz); |
| 8453 | in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4); |
| 8454 | in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf); |
| 8455 | |
| 8456 | switch (bfd_get_format (abfd)) |
| 8457 | { |
| 8458 | default: |
| 8459 | return TRUE; |
| 8460 | |
| 8461 | case bfd_core: |
| 8462 | if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE")) |
| 8463 | { |
| 8464 | if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in)) |
| 8465 | return FALSE; |
| 8466 | } |
| 8467 | else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "QNX")) |
| 8468 | { |
| 8469 | if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in)) |
| 8470 | return FALSE; |
| 8471 | } |
| 8472 | else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "SPU/")) |
| 8473 | { |
| 8474 | if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd, &in)) |
| 8475 | return FALSE; |
| 8476 | } |
| 8477 | else |
| 8478 | { |
| 8479 | if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in)) |
| 8480 | return FALSE; |
| 8481 | } |
| 8482 | break; |
| 8483 | |
| 8484 | case bfd_object: |
| 8485 | if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0) |
| 8486 | { |
| 8487 | if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in)) |
| 8488 | return FALSE; |
| 8489 | } |
| 8490 | break; |
| 8491 | } |
| 8492 | |
| 8493 | p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4); |
| 8494 | } |
| 8495 | |
| 8496 | return TRUE; |
| 8497 | } |
| 8498 | |
| 8499 | static bfd_boolean |
| 8500 | elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size) |
| 8501 | { |
| 8502 | char *buf; |
| 8503 | |
| 8504 | if (size <= 0) |
| 8505 | return TRUE; |
| 8506 | |
| 8507 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) |
| 8508 | return FALSE; |
| 8509 | |
| 8510 | buf = bfd_malloc (size); |
| 8511 | if (buf == NULL) |
| 8512 | return FALSE; |
| 8513 | |
| 8514 | if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size |
| 8515 | || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset)) |
| 8516 | { |
| 8517 | free (buf); |
| 8518 | return FALSE; |
| 8519 | } |
| 8520 | |
| 8521 | free (buf); |
| 8522 | return TRUE; |
| 8523 | } |
| 8524 | \f |
| 8525 | /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */ |
| 8526 | |
| 8527 | /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a |
| 8528 | copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error |
| 8529 | occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ |
| 8530 | |
| 8531 | long |
| 8532 | bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) |
| 8533 | { |
| 8534 | if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 8535 | { |
| 8536 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); |
| 8537 | return -1; |
| 8538 | } |
| 8539 | |
| 8540 | return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr); |
| 8541 | } |
| 8542 | |
| 8543 | /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries |
| 8544 | will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as |
| 8545 | defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the |
| 8546 | buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound. |
| 8547 | |
| 8548 | Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an |
| 8549 | error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ |
| 8550 | |
| 8551 | int |
| 8552 | bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs) |
| 8553 | { |
| 8554 | int num_phdrs; |
| 8555 | |
| 8556 | if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
| 8557 | { |
| 8558 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); |
| 8559 | return -1; |
| 8560 | } |
| 8561 | |
| 8562 | num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; |
| 8563 | memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr, |
| 8564 | num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)); |
| 8565 | |
| 8566 | return num_phdrs; |
| 8567 | } |
| 8568 | |
| 8569 | enum elf_reloc_type_class |
| 8570 | _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 8571 | { |
| 8572 | return reloc_class_normal; |
| 8573 | } |
| 8574 | |
| 8575 | /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a |
| 8576 | relocation against a local symbol. */ |
| 8577 | |
| 8578 | bfd_vma |
| 8579 | _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd, |
| 8580 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, |
| 8581 | asection **psec, |
| 8582 | Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) |
| 8583 | { |
| 8584 | asection *sec = *psec; |
| 8585 | bfd_vma relocation; |
| 8586 | |
| 8587 | relocation = (sec->output_section->vma |
| 8588 | + sec->output_offset |
| 8589 | + sym->st_value); |
| 8590 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) |
| 8591 | && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION |
| 8592 | && sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) |
| 8593 | { |
| 8594 | rel->r_addend = |
| 8595 | _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec, |
| 8596 | elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, |
| 8597 | sym->st_value + rel->r_addend); |
| 8598 | if (sec != *psec) |
| 8599 | { |
| 8600 | /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is |
| 8601 | marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original |
| 8602 | SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some |
| 8603 | other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave |
| 8604 | some info around for --emit-relocs. */ |
| 8605 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0) |
| 8606 | sec->kept_section = *psec; |
| 8607 | sec = *psec; |
| 8608 | } |
| 8609 | rel->r_addend -= relocation; |
| 8610 | rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; |
| 8611 | } |
| 8612 | return relocation; |
| 8613 | } |
| 8614 | |
| 8615 | bfd_vma |
| 8616 | _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd, |
| 8617 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, |
| 8618 | asection **psec, |
| 8619 | bfd_vma addend) |
| 8620 | { |
| 8621 | asection *sec = *psec; |
| 8622 | |
| 8623 | if (sec->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) |
| 8624 | return sym->st_value + addend; |
| 8625 | |
| 8626 | return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec, |
| 8627 | elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, |
| 8628 | sym->st_value + addend); |
| 8629 | } |
| 8630 | |
| 8631 | bfd_vma |
| 8632 | _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd, |
| 8633 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
| 8634 | asection *sec, |
| 8635 | bfd_vma offset) |
| 8636 | { |
| 8637 | switch (sec->sec_info_type) |
| 8638 | { |
| 8639 | case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS: |
| 8640 | return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, |
| 8641 | offset); |
| 8642 | case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME: |
| 8643 | return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset); |
| 8644 | default: |
| 8645 | return offset; |
| 8646 | } |
| 8647 | } |
| 8648 | \f |
| 8649 | /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file, |
| 8650 | reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory |
| 8651 | based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it |
| 8652 | points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference |
| 8653 | between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the |
| 8654 | file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at. |
| 8655 | |
| 8656 | The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the |
| 8657 | remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it |
| 8658 | should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must |
| 8659 | be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in |
| 8660 | the remote memory. */ |
| 8661 | |
| 8662 | bfd * |
| 8663 | bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory |
| 8664 | (bfd *templ, |
| 8665 | bfd_vma ehdr_vma, |
| 8666 | bfd_vma *loadbasep, |
| 8667 | int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, int)) |
| 8668 | { |
| 8669 | return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory) |
| 8670 | (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory); |
| 8671 | } |
| 8672 | \f |
| 8673 | long |
| 8674 | _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, |
| 8675 | long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 8676 | asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
| 8677 | long dynsymcount, |
| 8678 | asymbol **dynsyms, |
| 8679 | asymbol **ret) |
| 8680 | { |
| 8681 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
| 8682 | asection *relplt; |
| 8683 | asymbol *s; |
| 8684 | const char *relplt_name; |
| 8685 | bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); |
| 8686 | arelent *p; |
| 8687 | long count, i, n; |
| 8688 | size_t size; |
| 8689 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
| 8690 | char *names; |
| 8691 | asection *plt; |
| 8692 | |
| 8693 | *ret = NULL; |
| 8694 | |
| 8695 | if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0) |
| 8696 | return 0; |
| 8697 | |
| 8698 | if (dynsymcount <= 0) |
| 8699 | return 0; |
| 8700 | |
| 8701 | if (!bed->plt_sym_val) |
| 8702 | return 0; |
| 8703 | |
| 8704 | relplt_name = bed->relplt_name; |
| 8705 | if (relplt_name == NULL) |
| 8706 | relplt_name = bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"; |
| 8707 | relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name); |
| 8708 | if (relplt == NULL) |
| 8709 | return 0; |
| 8710 | |
| 8711 | hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr; |
| 8712 | if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd) |
| 8713 | || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA)) |
| 8714 | return 0; |
| 8715 | |
| 8716 | plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt"); |
| 8717 | if (plt == NULL) |
| 8718 | return 0; |
| 8719 | |
| 8720 | slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; |
| 8721 | if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE)) |
| 8722 | return -1; |
| 8723 | |
| 8724 | count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize; |
| 8725 | size = count * sizeof (asymbol); |
| 8726 | p = relplt->relocation; |
| 8727 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++) |
| 8728 | size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt"); |
| 8729 | |
| 8730 | s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size); |
| 8731 | if (s == NULL) |
| 8732 | return -1; |
| 8733 | |
| 8734 | names = (char *) (s + count); |
| 8735 | p = relplt->relocation; |
| 8736 | n = 0; |
| 8737 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++) |
| 8738 | { |
| 8739 | size_t len; |
| 8740 | bfd_vma addr; |
| 8741 | |
| 8742 | addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p); |
| 8743 | if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1) |
| 8744 | continue; |
| 8745 | |
| 8746 | *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr; |
| 8747 | /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since |
| 8748 | we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */ |
| 8749 | if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0) |
| 8750 | s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL; |
| 8751 | s->section = plt; |
| 8752 | s->value = addr - plt->vma; |
| 8753 | s->name = names; |
| 8754 | s->udata.p = NULL; |
| 8755 | len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name); |
| 8756 | memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len); |
| 8757 | names += len; |
| 8758 | memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt")); |
| 8759 | names += sizeof ("@plt"); |
| 8760 | ++s, ++n; |
| 8761 | } |
| 8762 | |
| 8763 | return n; |
| 8764 | } |
| 8765 | |
| 8766 | /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */ |
| 8767 | asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section |
| 8768 | = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section, |
| 8769 | SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0); |
| 8770 | |
| 8771 | void |
| 8772 | _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd * abfd, |
| 8773 | struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
| 8774 | { |
| 8775 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */ |
| 8776 | |
| 8777 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
| 8778 | |
| 8779 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi; |
| 8780 | } |
| 8781 | |
| 8782 | |
| 8783 | /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions. |
| 8784 | This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for |
| 8785 | most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC. */ |
| 8786 | |
| 8787 | bfd_boolean |
| 8788 | _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type) |
| 8789 | { |
| 8790 | return (type == STT_FUNC); |
| 8791 | } |